Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Optimization

1,666 missions · 908 completed

Missions

Open758Completed908All1666
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Sparse Regression at Scale: Branch-and-Bound rooted in First-Order Optimization 4: Lagrangian Duals of the Reduced Relaxation and Their Closed-Form Optimal Dual VariablesResearch Paper

Motivation

Best subset selection with ridge shrinkage, the ℓ0ℓ2\ell_0\ell_2ℓ0​ℓ2​-regularized least squares problem

min⁡β∈Rp 12∥y−Xβ∥22+λ0∥β∥0+λ2∥β∥22,\min_{\beta\in\mathbb R^p}\ \tfrac12\|y-X\beta\|_2^2+\lambda_0\|\beta\|_0+\lambda_2\|\beta\|_2^2,β∈Rpmin​ 21​∥y−Xβ∥22​+λ0​∥β∥0​+λ2​∥β∥22​,

is a mixed integer program. Exact solvers for it rely on branch-and-bound: at every node of the search tree a convex relaxation is solved, and the node is discarded if a lower bound on that relaxation already exceeds the best objective value found so far. Hazimeh, Mazumder and Saab (arXiv:2004.06152v2, Mathematical Programming 2022) build such a solver, L0BnB, for instances with ppp in the millions. Its relaxations are solved only approximately, by first-order methods, and an approximate primal solution does not by itself certify a lower bound. The bound has to come from a dual feasible point. Theorem 2 of the paper supplies the duals of the node relaxation in closed form, together with explicit formulas for the optimal dual variables as functions of the primal optimum. Everything the paper later proves about the quality of its dual bounds (Section 3.2, Theorem 3) starts from these formulas.

Setting

Data are a matrix X∈Rn×pX\in\mathbb R^{n\times p}X∈Rn×p with columns X1,…,XpX_1,\dots,X_pX1​,…,Xp​, a response y∈Rny\in\mathbb R^ny∈Rn, and parameters λ0,λ2,M>0\lambda_0,\lambda_2,M>0λ0​,λ2​,M>0, where MMM bounds the coefficients. Write [p]={1,…,p}[p]=\{1,\dots,p\}[p]={1,…,p} and [a]+=max⁡{a,0}[a]_+=\max\{a,0\}[a]+​=max{a,0}. The reverse Huber penalty is B(t)=∣t∣\mathcal B(t)=|t|B(t)=∣t∣ for ∣t∣≤1|t|\le1∣t∣≤1 and B(t)=(t2+1)/2\mathcal B(t)=(t^2+1)/2B(t)=(t2+1)/2 for ∣t∣≥1|t|\ge1∣t∣≥1. Define

ψ1(b)=2λ0 B(bλ2/λ0),ψ2(b)=(λ0M+λ2M)∣b∣,\psi_1(b)=2\lambda_0\,\mathcal B\big(b\sqrt{\lambda_2/\lambda_0}\big),\qquad \psi_2(b)=\Big(\frac{\lambda_0}{M}+\lambda_2M\Big)|b|,ψ1​(b)=2λ0​B(bλ2​/λ0​​),ψ2​(b)=(Mλ0​​+λ2​M)∣b∣,

and let ψ=ψ1\psi=\psi_1ψ=ψ1​ if λ0/λ2≤M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}\le Mλ0​/λ2​​≤M and ψ=ψ2\psi=\psi_2ψ=ψ2​ if λ0/λ2>M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}>Mλ0​/λ2​​>M. The reduced relaxation (5) is

min⁡β∈Rp F(β)=12∥y−Xβ∥22+∑i∈[p]ψ(βi)s.t.∥β∥∞≤M.\min_{\beta\in\mathbb R^p}\ F(\beta)=\tfrac12\|y-X\beta\|_2^2+\sum_{i\in[p]}\psi(\beta_i)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad\|\beta\|_\infty\le M.β∈Rpmin​ F(β)=21​∥y−Xβ∥22​+i∈[p]∑​ψ(βi​)s.t.∥β∥∞​≤M.

By Theorem 1 of the paper it is the interval relaxation of the perspective formulation, projected onto β\betaβ.

The two dual objectives of Theorem 2 are, for α,ρ∈Rn\alpha,\rho\in\mathbb R^nα,ρ∈Rn and γ,μ∈Rp\gamma,\mu\in\mathbb R^pγ,μ∈Rp,

h1(α,γ)=−12∥α∥22−αTy−∑i∈[p]v(α,γi),v(α,γi)=[(αTXi−γi)24λ2−λ0]++M∣γi∣,h_1(\alpha,\gamma)=-\tfrac12\|\alpha\|_2^2-\alpha^Ty-\sum_{i\in[p]}v(\alpha,\gamma_i),\qquad v(\alpha,\gamma_i)=\Big[\frac{(\alpha^TX_i-\gamma_i)^2}{4\lambda_2}-\lambda_0\Big]_++M|\gamma_i|,h1​(α,γ)=−21​∥α∥22​−αTy−i∈[p]∑​v(α,γi​),v(α,γi​)=[4λ2​(αTXi​−γi​)2​−λ0​]+​+M∣γi​∣, h2(ρ,μ)=−12∥ρ∥22−ρTy−M∥μ∥1,h_2(\rho,\mu)=-\tfrac12\|\rho\|_2^2-\rho^Ty-M\|\mu\|_1,h2​(ρ,μ)=−21​∥ρ∥22​−ρTy−M∥μ∥1​,

where h1h_1h1​ is maximized over all of Rn×Rp\mathbb R^n\times\mathbb R^pRn×Rp (problem (20)) and h2h_2h2​ subject to ∣ρTXi∣−μi≤λ0/M+λ2M|\rho^TX_i|-\mu_i\le\lambda_0/M+\lambda_2M∣ρTXi​∣−μi​≤λ0​/M+λ2​M for i∈[p]i\in[p]i∈[p] (problem (22)). For an optimal β∗\beta^*β∗ of (5), with residual r∗=y−Xβ∗r^*=y-X\beta^*r∗=y−Xβ∗, the candidate dual variables are

α∗=ρ∗=−r∗,γi∗=1[∣βi∗∣=M](α∗TXi−2Mλ2 sign(α∗TXi)),μi∗=1[∣βi∗∣=M](∣ρ∗TXi∣−λ0/M−λ2M).\alpha^*=\rho^*=-r^*,\qquad \gamma^*_i=\mathbb 1_{[|\beta^*_i|=M]}\big(\alpha^{*T}X_i-2M\lambda_2\,\mathrm{sign}(\alpha^{*T}X_i)\big),\qquad \mu^*_i=\mathbb 1_{[|\beta^*_i|=M]}\big(|\rho^{*T}X_i|-\lambda_0/M-\lambda_2M\big).α∗=ρ∗=−r∗,γi∗​=1[∣βi∗​∣=M]​(α∗TXi​−2Mλ2​sign(α∗TXi​)),μi∗​=1[∣βi∗​∣=M]​(∣ρ∗TXi​∣−λ0​/M−λ2​M).

In the Lean development these objects are F, box, h1, v, h2, Feas22, alphaStar, gammaStar, rhoStar, muStar in the namespace L0BnB.Duality.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (pp. 13–14)

Let β∗\beta^*β∗ minimize FFF over ∥β∥∞≤M\|\beta\|_\infty\le M∥β∥∞​≤M.

  • If λ0/λ2≤M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}\le Mλ0​/λ2​​≤M:  h1(α,γ)≤F(β)\ h_1(\alpha,\gamma)\le F(\beta) h1​(α,γ)≤F(β) for all α,γ\alpha,\gammaα,γ and all feasible β\betaβ, and h1(α∗,γ∗)=F(β∗)h_1(\alpha^*,\gamma^*)=F(\beta^*)h1​(α∗,γ∗)=F(β∗).
  • If λ0/λ2>M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}>Mλ0​/λ2​​>M:  h2(ρ,μ)≤F(β)\ h_2(\rho,\mu)\le F(\beta) h2​(ρ,μ)≤F(β) for all (ρ,μ)(\rho,\mu)(ρ,μ) feasible for (22) and all feasible β\betaβ; (ρ∗,μ∗)(\rho^*,\mu^*)(ρ∗,μ∗) is feasible for (22) and h2(ρ∗,μ∗)=F(β∗)h_2(\rho^*,\mu^*)=F(\beta^*)h2​(ρ∗,μ∗)=F(β∗).

This is "(20), respectively (22), is a dual of (5), and (23), respectively (24), are optimal dual variables", with the paper's remark that strong duality holds.

Milestones

  1. (45) For a∈Ra\in\mathbb Ra∈R, η≥0\eta\ge0η≥0 and D(b)=ψ1(b)+ab+η∣b∣D(b)=\psi_1(b)+ab+\eta|b|D(b)=ψ1​(b)+ab+η∣b∣, the point 000 (if 2λ0λ2+η−∣a∣≥02\sqrt{\lambda_0\lambda_2}+\eta-|a|\ge02λ0​λ2​​+η−∣a∣≥0) or −λ0/λ2 sign(a)-\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}\,\mathrm{sign}(a)−λ0​/λ2​​sign(a) (otherwise) minimizes DDD on ∣b∣≤λ0/λ2|b|\le\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}∣b∣≤λ0​/λ2​​.
  2. (47) If ∣a∣−η≥2λ0λ2|a|-\eta\ge2\sqrt{\lambda_0\lambda_2}∣a∣−η≥2λ0​λ2​​, then min⁡b∈RD(b)=−14λ2(∣a∣−η)2+λ0\min_{b\in\mathbb R}D(b)=-\frac{1}{4\lambda_2}(|a|-\eta)^2+\lambda_0minb∈R​D(b)=−4λ2​1​(∣a∣−η)2+λ0​.
  3. Weak duality, the first halves of both bullets of the goal.
  4. (23) h1(α∗,γ∗)=F(β∗)h_1(\alpha^*,\gamma^*)=F(\beta^*)h1​(α∗,γ∗)=F(β∗) when λ0/λ2≤M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}\le Mλ0​/λ2​​≤M.
  5. (24) (ρ∗,μ∗)(\rho^*,\mu^*)(ρ∗,μ∗) feasible for (22) and h2(ρ∗,μ∗)=F(β∗)h_2(\rho^*,\mu^*)=F(\beta^*)h2​(ρ∗,μ∗)=F(β∗) when λ0/λ2>M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}>Mλ0​/λ2​​>M.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 turns the node relaxation of L0BnB into a pair of explicit concave maximization problems, one per regime of λ0/λ2\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}λ0​/λ2​​ versus MMM. The dual (20) is unconstrained, so any (α,γ)(\alpha,\gamma)(α,γ) gives a valid lower bound; the paper's dual bounds (25)–(28) evaluate h1h_1h1​ or h2h_2h2​ at α^=−r^\hat\alpha=-\hat rα^=−r^ built from an inexact primal solution β^\hat\betaβ^​, with the remaining variable chosen in closed form. The formulas (23)–(24) explain why this choice is right: at the exact optimum it recovers the primal value. Theorem 3 of the paper, which bounds the loss of this dual bound by a quantity depending on the support size rather than on ppp, compares v(α^,γ^i)v(\hat\alpha,\hat\gamma_i)v(α^,γ^​i​) to v(α∗,γi∗)v(\alpha^*,\gamma^*_i)v(α∗,γi∗​) term by term and therefore depends on (23).

Formalizing it. The paper proves the case λ0/λ2≤M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}\le Mλ0​/λ2​​≤M in Appendix A and omits the proof of the case λ0/λ2>M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}>Mλ0​/λ2​​>M ("follows along the lines similar to what was shown above"). The appendix also contains an intermediate formula for the coordinate minimum, −[(∣αTXi∣−ηi)2/(4λ2)−λ0]+-[(|\alpha^TX_i|-\eta_i)^2/(4\lambda_2)-\lambda_0]_+−[(∣αTXi​∣−ηi​)2/(4λ2​)−λ0​]+​, that is incorrect when ηi\eta_iηi​ is large; the final dual (49) = (20) is nevertheless correct. A machine-checked proof supplies the omitted case and settles the correct statement. To our knowledge neither half has been formalized.

Difficulty

The dual objective (20) hides the box constraint inside the term M∣γi∣M|\gamma_i|M∣γi​∣ and the penalty inside [ ⋅ ]+[\,\cdot\,]_+[⋅]+​, and the reverse Huber penalty is piecewise, so even the weak-duality half has to handle both pieces of ψ1\psi_1ψ1​ and the junction ∣b∣=λ0/λ2|b|=\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}∣b∣=λ0​/λ2​​. The attainment half is where the work lies: it needs the optimality conditions of a nonsmooth convex problem over a box, at coordinates where βi∗=0\beta^*_i=0βi∗​=0 (where ψ\psiψ is not differentiable), where ∣βi∗∣=M|\beta^*_i|=M∣βi∗​∣=M (where the box is active), and where both may interact with the regime boundary λ0/λ2=M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}=Mλ0​/λ2​​=M. The natural first idea, to read (23) off the Lagrangian derivation in the paper, does not yield a proof: that derivation assumes a dual optimum (α∗,η∗)(\alpha^*,\eta^*)(α∗,η∗) exists and relates it to β∗\beta^*β∗ by complementary slackness, whereas the theorem asserts an identity for the explicit (α∗,γ∗)(\alpha^*,\gamma^*)(α∗,γ∗) built from β∗\beta^*β∗ alone.

Formalization scope

Data are X : Matrix (Fin n) (Fin p) ℝ, y : Fin n → ℝ and reals lam0 lam2 M with 0 < lam0, 0 < lam2, 0 < M as hypotheses; [p][p][p] is Fin p. Norms and inner products are explicit sums: αTXi=∑rαrXri\alpha^TX_i=\sum_r\alpha_rX_{ri}αTXi​=∑r​αr​Xri​, ∥α∥22=∑rαr2\|\alpha\|_2^2=\sum_r\alpha_r^2∥α∥22​=∑r​αr2​, ∥μ∥1=∑i∣μi∣\|\mu\|_1=\sum_i|\mu_i|∥μ∥1​=∑i​∣μi​∣, [a]+=max⁡{a,0}[a]_+=\max\{a,0\}[a]+​=max{a,0}, and ∥β∥∞≤M\|\beta\|_\infty\le M∥β∥∞​≤M is ∣βi∣≤M|\beta_i|\le M∣βi​∣≤M for every iii. The regime split is written λ0/λ2≤M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}\le Mλ0​/λ2​​≤M versus M<λ0/λ2M<\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}M<λ0​/λ2​​. sign is Real.sign, with sign(0)=0\mathrm{sign}(0)=0sign(0)=0; where it is evaluated in (23) the argument is nonzero at an optimum. The optimal solution β∗\beta^*β∗ is a hypothesis (feasible and minimizing FFF over the box); its existence is not part of the statements. The coordinate milestones (45) and (47) are stated for a scalar aaa standing for αTXi\alpha^TX_iαTXi​ and a multiplier η≥0\eta\ge0η≥0. No normalization of XXX or yyy is assumed: the unit-norm convention that opens Section 3 is not used by Theorem 2. The paper writes no O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) in these results, so no constants are instantiated.

"A dual is given by" is formalized as weak duality over all dual-feasible points together with equality at the explicit dual variables. Weak duality alone would not be Theorem 2, and neither would the equality alone; the goal requires both in both regimes. Uniqueness of the dual optimum is not claimed.

A complete development needs elementary convex analysis of the scalar penalty ψ1\psi_1ψ1​ (its conjugate and subdifferential), first-order optimality conditions for a convex function over a box in Rp\mathbb R^pRp, and finite-sum bookkeeping. The scalar facts about the reverse Huber penalty are reusable in the companion missions on the reduced relaxation and on dual-bound quality. Contributions to any milestone, or a direct proof of the goal, are welcome.

Selected references

  • H. Hazimeh, R. Mazumder, A. Saab, Sparse Regression at Scale: Branch-and-Bound rooted in First-Order Optimization, arXiv:2004.06152v2 (2021); Mathematical Programming (2022). https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.06152v2
  • S. Boyd, L. Vandenberghe, Convex Optimization, Cambridge University Press, 2004. https://web.stanford.edu/~boyd/cvxbook/
  • A. B. Owen, A robust hybrid of lasso and ridge regression, Contemporary Mathematics 443, 59–72, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1090/conm/443/08555
  • D. Bertsimas, A. King, R. Mazumder, Best subset selection via a modern optimization lens, Annals of Statistics 44(2), 813–852, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1214/15-AOS1388
  • H. Hazimeh, R. Mazumder, Fast best subset selection: coordinate descent and local combinatorial optimization algorithms, Operations Research 68(5), 1517–1537, 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1803.01454
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimal TransportProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On a Problem of Optimal Transport Under Marginal Martingale Constraints 2: The Shadow of γ1 + γ2 in ν Is the Shadow of γ1 Plus the Shadow of γ2 in What RemainsResearch Paper

Motivation

The martingale optimal transport problem asks for a coupling of two probability measures μ,ν\mu,\nuμ,ν on R\mathbb RR that is the law of a one-step martingale and minimizes an expected cost. It arises in robust finance, where the marginals are the risk-neutral laws of an asset at two dates implied by option prices, and model-independent price bounds for exotic options are the extreme values of the problem (Beiglböck, Henry-Labordère, Penkner 2013; Galichon, Henry-Labordère, Touzi 2014).

Beiglböck and Juillet (arXiv:1208.1509v2, Ann. Probab. 44(1), 2016) construct a canonical martingale coupling, the left-curtain coupling, which plays the role that the monotone (quantile) coupling plays in classical transport. Its construction rests on one object, the shadow of a measure in another, and on one structural property of it: shadows are associative. This mission formalizes that property, Theorem 4.8 of the paper, together with the chain of results in §2.3 and §4.1–4.3 on which it rests.

Setting

Let M\mathcal MM be the set of finite Borel measures on R\mathbb RR with finite first moment, of any total mass. For μ,ν∈M\mu,\nu\in\mathcal Mμ,ν∈M:

  • the convex order μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν holds if ∫φ dμ≤∫φ dν\int\varphi\,d\mu\le\int\varphi\,d\nu∫φdμ≤∫φdν for every convex φ:R→R\varphi:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rφ:R→R (this forces equal masses and equal barycentres);
  • the extended convex order μ⪯Eν\mu\preceq_E\nuμ⪯E​ν holds if the same inequality holds for every nonnegative convex φ\varphiφ; it holds both when μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν and when μ≤ν\mu\le\nuμ≤ν setwise;
  • the potential function of μ\muμ is uμ(x)=∫∣y−x∣ dμ(y)u_\mu(x)=\int|y-x|\,d\mu(y)uμ​(x)=∫∣y−x∣dμ(y);
  • a sequence (νn)(\nu_n)(νn​) converges weakly in M\mathcal MM to ν\nuν if ∫f dνn→∫f dν\int f\,d\nu_n\to\int f\,d\nu∫fdνn​→∫fdν for every continuous bounded fff and ∫∣x∣ dνn→∫∣x∣ dν\int|x|\,d\nu_n\to\int|x|\,d\nu∫∣x∣dνn​→∫∣x∣dν.

If μ⪯Eν\mu\preceq_E\nuμ⪯E​ν, a shadow of μ\muμ in ν\nuν is a measure η\etaη with (i) η≤ν\eta\le\nuη≤ν, (ii) μ⪯Cη\mu\preceq_C\etaμ⪯C​η, and (iii) η⪯Cη′\eta\preceq_C\eta'η⪯C​η′ for every η′\eta'η′ satisfying (i) and (ii). Lemma 4.6 of the paper shows that it exists and is unique; it is written Sν(μ)S^\nu(\mu)Sν(μ). It is the least spread-out part of ν\nuν into which μ\muμ can be transported by a martingale. An atom is a measure α δx\alpha\,\delta_xαδx​ with α≥0\alpha\ge0α≥0.

In the Lean development these objects are InM, ConvexLE, ExtConvexLE, potential, ConvergesInM and the predicate IsShadow ν μ η, in the namespace MartOT.Shadow.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.8 (shadow of a sum), p. 25

For γ1,γ2,ν∈M\gamma_1,\gamma_2,\nu\in\mathcal Mγ1​,γ2​,ν∈M with γ1+γ2⪯Eν\gamma_1+\gamma_2\preceq_E\nuγ1​+γ2​⪯E​ν,

γ2⪯Eν−Sν(γ1)andSν(γ1+γ2)=Sν(γ1)+Sν−Sν(γ1)(γ2).\gamma_2\preceq_E\nu-S^\nu(\gamma_1)\qquad\text{and}\qquad S^\nu(\gamma_1+\gamma_2)=S^\nu(\gamma_1)+S^{\nu-S^\nu(\gamma_1)}(\gamma_2).γ2​⪯E​ν−Sν(γ1​)andSν(γ1​+γ2​)=Sν(γ1​)+Sν−Sν(γ1​)(γ2​).

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Proposition 4.2 (p. 21): for equal masses, μ⪯Cν  ⟺  uμ≤uν\mu\preceq_C\nu\iff u_\mu\le u_\nuμ⪯C​ν⟺uμ​≤uν​; μ≤ν  ⟺  uν−uμ\mu\le\nu\iff u_\nu-u_\muμ≤ν⟺uν​−uμ​ is convex; for fixed mass and mean, convergence in M\mathcal MM is pointwise convergence of potential functions.
  2. Proposition 4.4 (p. 21): μ⪯Eν\mu\preceq_E\nuμ⪯E​ν implies μ⪯Cθ\mu\preceq_C\thetaμ⪯C​θ for some θ≤ν\theta\le\nuθ≤ν.
  3. Lemma 4.6 (p. 23): existence, uniqueness and property (iii′) of the shadow.
  4. Example 4.7 (p. 24): the shadow of an atom is the restriction of ν\nuν between two quantiles.
  5. Lemma 4.11 (p. 27): η−Sη(δ)≤ν−Sν(δ)\eta-S^\eta(\delta)\le\nu-S^\nu(\delta)η−Sη(δ)≤ν−Sν(δ) for an atom δ⪯Eη≤ν\delta\preceq_E\eta\le\nuδ⪯E​η≤ν.
  6. Lemma 4.12 (p. 27): the goal when γ1\gamma_1γ1​ is an atom.
  7. Lemma 4.13 (p. 28): the shadow of finitely many atoms, built one atom at a time.
  8. Lemma 2.9 (p. 15): approximation of γ∈M\gamma\in\mathcal Mγ∈M by a ⪯C\preceq_C⪯C​-increasing sequence of finitely supported measures below it.
  9. Proposition 4.15 (p. 29): shadows pass to limits of ⪯C\preceq_C⪯C​-increasing sequences.
  10. Lemma 4.16 (p. 29): the goal when γ2\gamma_2γ2​ is an atom, with δ⪯ESν(γ+δ)−Sν(γ)\delta\preceq_E S^\nu(\gamma+\delta)-S^\nu(\gamma)δ⪯E​Sν(γ+δ)−Sν(γ).

Significance

Theorem 4.8 is what makes the left-curtain coupling well defined and consistent. That coupling is the martingale plan which, for every xxx, sends μ∣]−∞,x]\mu|_{]-\infty,x]}μ∣]−∞,x]​ onto Sν(μ∣]−∞,x])S^\nu(\mu|_{]-\infty,x]})Sν(μ∣]−∞,x]​) (Theorem 4.18). Associativity says that the parts of ν\nuν assigned to μ∣]−∞,x]\mu|_{]-\infty,x]}μ∣]−∞,x]​ and to μ∣]x,x′]\mu|_{]x,x']}μ∣]x,x′]​ fit together into the part assigned to μ∣]−∞,x′]\mu|_{]-\infty,x']}μ∣]−∞,x′]​, so the family of shadows defines a single coupling. The uniqueness of left-monotone martingale plans and the optimality of the left-curtain coupling for the costs h(y−x)h(y-x)h(y−x) with h′h'h′ strictly convex, both later results of the paper, rest on it.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as is known it has no machine-checked proof. This mission produces a statement of it, and of the supporting results, in terms of measures of arbitrary finite mass with no reference to a chosen shadow function. A complete development would give Lean a theory of the convex order on finite measures through potential functions, which is reusable well beyond martingale transport.

Difficulty

For finitely atomic measures the identity follows by adding one atom at a time (Lemmas 4.12, 4.13, 4.16), but even the single-atom step needs a monotonicity property of shadows of atoms in varying targets (Lemma 4.11), and that property comes from their explicit description through quantile functions. The general case cannot be obtained by a direct manipulation of the minimality property (iii): minimality of Sν(γ1)S^\nu(\gamma_1)Sν(γ1​) and of Sν−Sν(γ1)(γ2)S^{\nu-S^\nu(\gamma_1)}(\gamma_2)Sν−Sν(γ1​)(γ2​) separately says nothing obvious about minimality of their sum among measures dominating γ1+γ2\gamma_1+\gamma_2γ1​+γ2​, because a competitor for the sum need not split into competitors for the summands. The paper passes to the limit along convex-order approximations, which requires a continuity property of the shadow (Proposition 4.15) in the topology of M\mathcal MM.

Formalization scope

  • Measures are MeasureTheory.Measure ℝ with membership in M\mathcal MM stated explicitly (InM: finite measure, identity integrable). Masses are arbitrary; nothing is normalized to probability measures.
  • Integrals of convex test functions are taken in EReal through the published ModelRiskOT.Duality.extIntegral (positive minus negative part), never as Bochner integrals, so a non-integrable test function cannot produce a junk value. The extended convex order uses lower Lebesgue integrals of nonnegative functions.
  • Shadows are the predicate IsShadow ν μ η, never a function built by choice. Every statement about Sν(⋅)S^\nu(\cdot)Sν(⋅) quantifies over all shadows, which with existence and uniqueness (Lemma 4.6, a milestone) is the paper's statement. Uniqueness is part of the conclusion of Lemma 4.6 and is not assumed elsewhere.
  • ν−η\nu-\etaν−η is Mathlib's truncated subtraction of measures. It is used only where η≤ν\eta\le\nuη≤ν is guaranteed by property (i) of a shadow. Lemma 4.16 additionally asserts Sν(γ)≤Sν(γ+δ)S^\nu(\gamma)\le S^\nu(\gamma+\delta)Sν(γ)≤Sν(γ+δ), so that the difference there is a genuine one.
  • Not a trivialization: in the goal, neither η1+η2≤ν\eta_1+\eta_2\le\nuη1​+η2​≤ν nor γ1+γ2⪯Cη1+η2\gamma_1+\gamma_2\preceq_C\eta_1+\eta_2γ1​+γ2​⪯C​η1​+η2​ nor the minimality of η1+η2\eta_1+\eta_2η1​+η2​ is assumed; all three are the content of the conclusion IsShadow ν (γ1 + γ2) (η1 + η2).
  • Added relative to the page: Lemma 4.11 states ν∈M\nu\in\mathcal Mν∈M, which the paper takes from context. Proposition 4.2's third bullet is split into an equivalence for each candidate limit and a uniqueness clause, which together are equivalent to the printed sentence. Lemma 4.10 (continuity of ν↦Sν(δ)\nu\mapsto S^\nu(\delta)ν↦Sν(δ) in the Kantorovich metric) and Proposition 4.17 are not included.
  • Needed infrastructure: potential functions and their second distributional derivatives, quantile functions of finite measures, weak convergence of finite measures with first moments. Contributions to any of these are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Beiglböck, N. Juillet, On a problem of optimal transport under marginal martingale constraints, Ann. Probab. 44(1), 42–106, 2016. arXiv:1208.1509v2, doi:10.1214/14-AOP966
  • M. Beiglböck, P. Henry-Labordère, F. Penkner, Model-independent bounds for option prices — a mass transport approach, Finance Stoch. 17(3), 477–501, 2013. doi:10.1007/s00780-013-0205-8
  • A. Galichon, P. Henry-Labordère, N. Touzi, A stochastic control approach to no-arbitrage bounds given marginals, with an application to lookback options, Ann. Appl. Probab. 24(1), 312–336, 2014. doi:10.1214/13-AAP925
  • V. Strassen, The existence of probability measures with given marginals, Ann. Math. Statist. 36, 423–439, 1965. doi:10.1214/aoms/1177700153
17 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Approximation Algorithms for Product Framing and Pricing 3: Under MNL Pricing, Optimal Framing Fills Pages in Descending Quality Order with One Price per PageResearch Paper

Motivation

Online retailers show their catalogue on a sequence of pages, and most visitors never reach the last one. Which products appear on the first page, and at what prices, therefore decides what a typical consumer can buy at all. Gallego, Li, Truong and Wang (Operations Research, 2020) model this as the product framing problem: the consideration set of a consumer is the set of products on the pages that consumer is willing to view, and the number of pages viewed is random. Their Section 7 adds prices to the problem and asks how a retailer should frame and price jointly when consumers choose by the multinomial logit (MNL) model.

The question connects two literatures. In assortment pricing under MNL with a common price sensitivity, the optimal prices of all offered products are known to be equal (Anderson, de Palma and Thisse 1992; Gallego and Stefanescu, as cited on p. 16 of the paper), and the nested-logit extension of Gallego and Wang (Operations Research, 2014) keeps an adjusted markup constant across nests. In search and ranking models, the order in which products are shown changes which ones are bought. The paper's structural results say what survives of the equal-price rule once consideration sets are nested by page, and which products belong on the early pages.

Setting

There are nnn products, i∈[n]={1,…,n}i \in [n] = \{1,\dots,n\}i∈[n]={1,…,n}, and mmm pages, each holding at most ppp products. A framing places each product on one page x(i)∈[m]x(i)\in[m]x(i)∈[m] or leaves it undisplayed. A consumer views the first XXX pages, where X∈[m]X\in[m]X∈[m] is random with law λ(x)=P[X=x]\lambda(x)=\mathbf P[X=x]λ(x)=P[X=x], independent of the framing. A consumer who views xxx pages considers S(x)S(x)S(x), the products on pages 1,…,x1,\dots,x1,…,x, so S(1)⊆S(2)⊆⋯⊆S(m)S(1)\subseteq S(2)\subseteq\cdots\subseteq S(m)S(1)⊆S(2)⊆⋯⊆S(m).

Product iii has a quality ai∈Ra_i\in\mathbb Rai​∈R and a price ri∈Rr_i\in\mathbb Rri​∈R, and the price sensitivity is β>0\beta>0β>0. The mean utility of product iii is ui=ai−βriu_i=a_i-\beta r_iui​=ai​−βri​, and the outside option has utility u0=0u_0=0u0​=0. Under the MNL model a consumer with consideration set SSS buys i∈Si\in Si∈S with probability

P(i,S)=eui1+∑k∈Seuk,P(i,S)=\frac{e^{u_i}}{1+\sum_{k\in S}e^{u_k}},P(i,S)=1+∑k∈S​euk​eui​​,

and P(i,S)=0P(i,S)=0P(i,S)=0 for i∉Si\notin Si∈/S. The expected revenue from that consumer is R(r∣S)=∑i∈SriP(i,S)R(r\mid S)=\sum_{i\in S}r_iP(i,S)R(r∣S)=∑i∈S​ri​P(i,S), and the total expected revenue of a framing and a price vector is

E[R(r∣S(X))]=∑x=1mλ(x) R(r∣S(x)).\mathbf E\big[R(r\mid S(X))\big]=\sum_{x=1}^m\lambda(x)\,R\big(r\mid S(x)\big).E[R(r∣S(X))]=x=1∑m​λ(x)R(r∣S(x)).

For a fixed framing, R(a)R(a)R(a) denotes the optimal value of this quantity over all price vectors, as a function of the quality vector aaa.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6 (p. 17)

The goal is the existence of an optimal joint solution with the paper's structure: there are a feasible framing and prices r∈Rnr\in\mathbb R^nr∈Rn such that no feasible framing with any prices earns more, and

∣S(x)∣=min⁡(n,  x p)for all x∈[m],ak≤ai  whenever i is displayed and k is undisplayed or on a later page.|S(x)|=\min(n,\;x\,p)\quad\text{for all }x\in[m],\qquad a_k\le a_i\ \text{ whenever } i \text{ is displayed and } k \text{ is undisplayed or on a later page.}∣S(x)∣=min(n,xp)for all x∈[m],ak​≤ai​  whenever i is displayed and k is undisplayed or on a later page.

Pages are filled in order until all products are displayed, and the products appear in descending order of quality.

Milestones

  1. (15), p. 43. The partial derivative of the total expected revenue in the price of a displayed product:
∂ E[R(r∣S(X))]∂ri=β∑l=x(i)mλ(l)P(i,S(l)){1β+R(r∣S(l))−ri}.\frac{\partial\,\mathbf E[R(r\mid S(X))]}{\partial r_i}=\beta\sum_{l=x(i)}^m\lambda(l)P\big(i,S(l)\big)\Big\{\tfrac1\beta+R\big(r\mid S(l)\big)-r_i\Big\}.∂ri​∂E[R(r∣S(X))]​=βl=x(i)∑m​λ(l)P(i,S(l)){β1​+R(r∣S(l))−ri​}.
  1. (17), p. 43. At every optimal price vector, each displayed price is 1/β1/\beta1/β plus a weighted average of the revenues R(r∣S(l))R(r\mid S(l))R(r∣S(l)), l≥x(i)l\ge x(i)l≥x(i).
  2. Theorem 5, p. 16. For a fixed framing, every optimal price vector is constant on each page, ri=θx(i)r_i=\theta_{x(i)}ri​=θx(i)​, with θ1≤θ2≤⋯≤θm\theta_1\le\theta_2\le\cdots\le\theta_mθ1​≤θ2​≤⋯≤θm​.
  3. (19), p. 44. The optimal value R(a)R(a)R(a) is nondecreasing in the quality of any displayed product.

Significance

Theorem 5 reduces the pricing problem of a fixed framing from nnn prices to mmm page prices and says that later pages carry higher prices; this is the page-level analogue of the constant-markup property of MNL pricing, and it runs opposite to the ordering found in oligopoly search models (Arbatskaya 2007). Theorem 6 removes the framing decision almost entirely: a joint optimum is obtained by sorting the products by quality and filling pages in that order, leaving only page prices to choose. The paper's approximation algorithm for joint pricing and framing (Theorem 7, NEST-P, with guarantee 6/π26/\pi^26/π2) starts from this structure.

None of these statements has a machine-checked proof. A complete development would give the first formal treatment of MNL price optimization with nested consideration sets, including the existence of optimal prices, which the paper takes for granted. The paper's argument for the monotonicity θ1≤⋯≤θm\theta_1\le\cdots\le\theta_mθ1​≤⋯≤θm​ and its envelope-theorem step (19) are informal; a formal proof has to supply both.

Difficulty

The expected revenue is not concave in the prices, even with two products on two pages (Example 1, p. 17), so the first-order condition alone does not identify the optimum, and existence of an optimal price vector has to be argued from the behaviour of the revenue as prices tend to ±∞\pm\infty±∞. The within-page equality of prices follows from the first-order condition, but the ordering of page prices needs a global comparison of revenues across consideration sets. In Theorem 6, the obvious exchange argument (swap a higher-quality product forward) does not obviously keep revenue from decreasing when the swapped products have different prices; the paper splits into two cases, and in one of them the improvement comes from continuously moving qualities, which requires control of the optimal value as a function of aaa rather than of a fixed price vector.

Formalization scope

Products are Fin n, pages are the natural numbers 1,…,m1,\dots,m1,…,m with m≥1m\ge1m≥1, and capacities satisfy p≥1p\ge1p≥1. A framing is f : Fin n → ℕ with page f i ∈ [m] for displayed products and f i = 0 for undisplayed ones (the paper's x(i)=m+1x(i)=m+1x(i)=m+1); feasibility means at most ppp products per page. The law of XXX is a nonnegative function on [m][m][m] summing to one. Prices are finite reals: the paper's priced-out products (ri=+∞r_i=+\inftyri​=+∞) coincide with undisplayed ones, which the framing already allows. "Descending order" and "increases" are read weakly.

Theorem 5 and (17) are stated for every maximizing price vector and only for products on pages that some consumer reaches (Λ(x)=P[X≥x]>0\Lambda(x)=\mathbf P[X\ge x]>0Λ(x)=P[X≥x]>0), a restriction the paper never discusses: a product on a page no consumer reaches can carry any price at an optimum. They do not assert that a maximizer exists. Theorem 6 is read existentially ("some optimal solution has this structure"); the universal reading is false when some λ(x)=0\lambda(x)=0λ(x)=0, because exchanging products between pages xxx and x+1x+1x+1 then changes no revenue. (19) is formalized as its stated consequence, the monotonicity of the optimal value R(a)=sup⁡rE[R(r∣S(X))]R(a)=\sup_r\mathbf E[R(r\mid S(X))]R(a)=supr​E[R(r∣S(X))], together with the boundedness of the revenues; the envelope identity itself would need a differentiable selection of optimal prices that the paper does not establish.

A trivializing formalization of the goal would take the optimum over framings that are already sorted, over a single fixed framing, or over prices fixed in advance; the goal's optimality clause ranges over all feasible framings and all real price vectors. The development needs elementary calculus of the MNL revenue (HasDerivAt, Real.exp), finite sums over pages, and a compactness or limiting argument for the existence of optimal prices. Pages are those of the authors' accepted manuscript, which differ from the journal typesetting. Proofs of any milestone, and lemmas on MNL pricing reusable beyond this paper (boundedness of R(r∣S)R(r\mid S)R(r∣S), existence of optimal MNL prices, the constant-price property for a single assortment), are welcome.

Selected references

  • G. Gallego, A. Li, V.-A. Truong, X. Wang, Approximation Algorithms for Product Framing and Pricing, Operations Research 68(1), 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2019.1875
  • S. P. Anderson, A. de Palma, J.-F. Thisse, Discrete Choice Theory of Product Differentiation, MIT Press, 1992 (book; cited by the paper for the equal-price property of MNL pricing).
  • G. Gallego, R. Wang, Multiproduct Price Optimization and Competition under the Nested Logit Model with Product-Differentiated Price Sensitivities, Operations Research 62(2), 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2013.1249
  • M. Arbatskaya, Ordered Search, The RAND Journal of Economics 38(1), 2007. http://www.jstor.org/stable/25046295
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimal TransportProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On a Problem of Optimal Transport Under Marginal Martingale Constraints 7: For c = |y − x| and Continuous µ the Optimizer Is Unique, Keeps µ ∧ ν in Place, Splits the Rest in TwoResearch Paper

Motivation

A martingale transport plan between two laws μ\muμ and ν\nuν on R\mathbb RR is a joint law of a pair (X,Y)(X,Y)(X,Y) with X∼μX\sim\muX∼μ, Y∼νY\sim\nuY∼ν and E[Y∣X]=XE[Y\mid X]=XE[Y∣X]=X. Minimizing or maximizing E[c(X,Y)]E[c(X,Y)]E[c(X,Y)] over such plans gives the model-independent price bounds of an option with payoff c(X,Y)c(X,Y)c(X,Y) when the market quotes vanilla options at two maturities, and so fixes the marginal laws μ\muμ and ν\nuν of the asset price. For the forward-starting straddle, with payoff ∣Y−X∣|Y-X|∣Y−X∣, the two bounds are the problems with costs −∣y−x∣-|y-x|−∣y−x∣ and ∣y−x∣|y-x|∣y−x∣.

  • 1965: Strassen (doi:10.1214/aoms/1177700153) shows that martingale plans between μ\muμ and ν\nuν exist if and only if μ\muμ and ν\nuν are in convex order.
  • 2012: Hobson and Neuberger (doi:10.1111/j.1467-9965.2010.00473.x) identify the optimizer for −∣y−x∣-|y-x|−∣y−x∣ through a construction of dual maximizers, under conditions on the marginals.
  • 2012: Hobson and Klimmek communicate a description of the optimizer for +∣y−x∣+|y-x|+∣y−x∣ to Beiglböck and Juillet, cited there as private communication (arXiv:1208.1509v2, §7.4 and reference 15).
  • 2016: Beiglböck and Juillet (arXiv:1208.1509v2) prove existence, uniqueness and the shape of the optimizer for ∣y−x∣|y-x|∣y−x∣ for every continuous starting law, using only the primal problem and their variational lemma.

Setting

μ\muμ and ν\nuν are Borel probability measures on R\mathbb RR with finite first moments, in convex order: ∫φ dμ≤∫φ dν\int\varphi\,d\mu\le\int\varphi\,d\nu∫φdμ≤∫φdν for every convex φ:R→R\varphi:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rφ:R→R (Definition 2.1). ΠM(μ,ν)\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)ΠM​(μ,ν) is the set of measures π\piπ on R2\mathbb R^2R2 with marginals μ\muμ and ν\nuν such that y−xy-xy−x is π\piπ-integrable and

∫ρ(x) (y−x) dπ(x,y)=0for every bounded Borel ρ,\int\rho(x)\,(y-x)\,d\pi(x,y)=0\qquad\text{for every bounded Borel }\rho,∫ρ(x)(y−x)dπ(x,y)=0for every bounded Borel ρ,

which is the paper's characterization (4) of "the disintegration πx\pi_xπx​ has barycentre xxx". For the cost c(x,y)=∣y−x∣c(x,y)=|y-x|c(x,y)=∣y−x∣ the cost of a plan is ∫∣y−x∣ dπ∈[0,∞)\int|y-x|\,d\pi\in[0,\infty)∫∣y−x∣dπ∈[0,∞), and π\piπ is optimal if it minimizes this over ΠM(μ,ν)\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)ΠM​(μ,ν). μ\muμ is continuous if μ({x})=0\mu(\{x\})=0μ({x})=0 for every xxx.

μ∧ν\mu\wedge\nuμ∧ν is the largest measure below both μ\muμ and ν\nuν (Example 2.5); (Id⊗Id)#η(\mathrm{Id}\otimes\mathrm{Id})_\#\eta(Id⊗Id)#​η is the image of η\etaη under x↦(x,x)x\mapsto(x,x)x↦(x,x), a measure on the diagonal Δ={(x,x)}\Delta=\{(x,x)\}Δ={(x,x)}. For Γ⊆R2\Gamma\subseteq\mathbb R^2Γ⊆R2, Γx={y:(x,y)∈Γ}\Gamma_x=\{y:(x,y)\in\Gamma\}Γx​={y:(x,y)∈Γ}, and graph⁡(T)={(x,T(x))}\operatorname{graph}(T)=\{(x,T(x))\}graph(T)={(x,T(x))}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.4 (p. 43)

If μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν and μ\muμ is continuous, there is a unique optimal πabs∈ΠM(μ,ν)\pi_{\mathrm{abs}}\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)πabs​∈ΠM​(μ,ν) for c(x,y)=∣y−x∣c(x,y)=|y-x|c(x,y)=∣y−x∣; it is concentrated on a set Γ\GammaΓ with ∣Γx∣≤3|\Gamma_x|\le3∣Γx​∣≤3 for every xxx; and

πabs=(Id⊗Id)#(μ∧ν)+πgo,πgo concentrated on graph⁡(T1)∪graph⁡(T2)\pi_{\mathrm{abs}}=(\mathrm{Id}\otimes\mathrm{Id})_\#(\mu\wedge\nu)+\pi_{\mathrm{go}},\qquad \pi_{\mathrm{go}}\ \text{concentrated on}\ \operatorname{graph}(T_1)\cup\operatorname{graph}(T_2)πabs​=(Id⊗Id)#​(μ∧ν)+πgo​,πgo​ concentrated on graph(T1​)∪graph(T2​)

for some functions T1,T2:R→RT_1,T_2:\mathbb R\to\mathbb RT1​,T2​:R→R.

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Attainment of the minimum (§2.1, pp. 10–11).
  2. Lemma 1.11, the variational lemma (p. 8).
  3. Lemma 7.5, the sign of a three-point cost difference (pp. 43–44).
  4. The forbidden configurations (24) on a finitely optimal set (p. 45).
  5. The static part: π∣Δ=(Id⊗Id)#(μ∧ν)\pi|_\Delta=(\mathrm{Id}\otimes\mathrm{Id})_\#(\mu\wedge\nu)π∣Δ​=(Id⊗Id)#​(μ∧ν) for every optimal π\piπ (pp. 45–46).
  6. Lemma 3.2, accumulation of uncountably many large fibres (p. 19).
  7. At most two off-diagonal points per fibre (p. 46).
  8. The reduced problem between μ−μ∧ν\mu-\mu\wedge\nuμ−μ∧ν and ν−μ∧ν\nu-\mu\wedge\nuν−μ∧ν (p. 46).
  9. Lemma 5.5, two Borel graphs (p. 35), and Lemma 5.6, uniqueness from at most two points per fibre (p. 36).

Significance

The theorem identifies the lower model-independent bound for the forward-starting straddle: the extremal model keeps the mass that μ\muμ and ν\nuν share in place and splits every other starting point between at most two destinations. With Theorem 7.3 for −∣y−x∣-|y-x|−∣y−x∣ it settles both bounds for continuous μ\muμ without any dual attainment, which is known to fail in general. The decomposition into a static part μ∧ν\mu\wedge\nuμ∧ν and a part between marginals with μˉ∧νˉ=0\bar\mu\wedge\bar\nu=0μˉ​∧νˉ=0 is a reduction that applies to other costs vanishing on the diagonal.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing in it has been machine-checked. The mission produces a formal statement of Theorem 7.4 and of each step of its proof, a Lean vocabulary for martingale transport on R\mathbb RR shared with the other missions of this series, and the general measure-theoretic lemmas (3.2, 5.5, 5.6) that the structure theorems of the paper all use.

Difficulty

Lemma 7.5 and (24) are elementary; the work lies in passing from them to statements about measures. The variational lemma needs Kellerer's duality-type result for finitely optimal sets. The static part requires showing that a positive defect κ=μ∧ν−π(Δ-projection)\kappa=\mu\wedge\nu-\pi(\Delta\text{-projection})κ=μ∧ν−π(Δ-projection) produces, at κ\kappaκ-almost every point, a forbidden configuration, which uses the disintegration of the moving part. The cardinality bound requires the accumulation argument of Lemma 3.2, and the forbidden configurations only hold for points that lie strictly inside the range of their own fibre, which the martingale condition supplies only almost everywhere. Uniqueness does not follow from strict convexity of a cost functional, since the problem is linear: it comes from the two-graph structure through Lemma 5.6, and it fails if μ\muμ has atoms (Remark 7.7).

Formalization scope

Measures are Mathlib Measure ℝ and Measure (ℝ × ℝ) with Borel σ-algebras. Costs are integrals in the extended reals through the published ModelRiskOT.Duality.extIntegral; the cost ∣y−x∣|y-x|∣y−x∣ is nonnegative and, under finite first moments, finite. Martingale plans are encoded by condition (4), competitors by the same device. μ∧ν\mu\wedge\nuμ∧ν is the infimum in Mathlib's complete lattice of measures, measure subtraction is Mathlib's truncated subtraction, cardinalities of fibres are Set.encard in N∪{∞}\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞}, and "concentrated on AAA" is π(Ac)=0\pi(A^c)=0π(Ac)=0. Continuity of μ\muμ is μ({x})=0\mu(\{x\})=0μ({x})=0 for all xxx. As on the page, Γ\GammaΓ, T1T_1T1​ and T2T_2T2​ in the goal carry no measurability requirement.

Two choices differ from a literal reading and are disclosed in the items: (24) carries the hypothesis y−<x<y+y^-<x<y^+y−<x<y+ of Lemma 7.5, which the page invokes and without which (24) is false; and the steps that do not need continuity of μ\muμ (the static part, the reduced problem) are stated without it.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: μ∧ν\mu\wedge\nuμ∧ν is the lattice infimum of measures, not a product and not a pointwise minimum of set values, and all four conjuncts of the goal (existence, uniqueness, the bound 3, the decomposition) are asserted together.

Reusable beyond this mission: the Setting layer (convex order, ΠM\Pi_MΠM​, competitors), Lemma 3.2, Lemma 5.5 (a Lusin–Novikov consequence) and Lemma 5.6. Proofs of any milestone, and infrastructure on disintegrations of plans on R2\mathbb R^2R2, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Beiglböck, N. Juillet, On a problem of optimal transport under marginal martingale constraints, Ann. Probab. 44(1), 42–106, 2016. arXiv:1208.1509v2, doi:10.1214/14-AOP966
  • D. Hobson, A. Neuberger, Robust bounds for forward start options, Mathematical Finance 22(1), 31–56, 2012. doi:10.1111/j.1467-9965.2010.00473.x
  • V. Strassen, The existence of probability measures with given marginals, Ann. Math. Statist. 36, 423–439, 1965. doi:10.1214/aoms/1177700153
  • A. S. Kechris, Classical Descriptive Set Theory, Graduate Texts in Mathematics 156, Springer, 1995 (Theorem 18.11). doi:10.1007/978-1-4612-4190-4
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimal TransportProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On a Problem of Optimal Transport Under Marginal Martingale Constraints 3: Between Probability Measures in Convex Order There Is Exactly One Left-Monotone Martingale PlanResearch Paper

Motivation

In classical optimal transport on the real line, one coupling plays a distinguished role: the monotone (Hoeffding–Fréchet) coupling, which sends the qqq-quantile of the first marginal to the qqq-quantile of the second. It is canonical (every initial segment of the first marginal goes as far left as possible) and it is optimal for a whole family of costs at once.

Martingale optimal transport adds the constraint that the coupling be the law of a one-step martingale (X,Y)(X, Y)(X,Y), E[Y∣X]=X\mathbb E[Y\mid X]=XE[Y∣X]=X. The problem arises in robust (model-independent) mathematical finance: prices of vanilla options fix the marginal laws μ\muμ of XXX and ν\nuν of YYY, and bounds on the price of an exotic option c(X,Y)c(X,Y)c(X,Y) that hold under every arbitrage-free model are values of the martingale transport problem (Beiglböck, Henry-Labordère, Penkner 2013; Galichon, Henry-Labordère, Touzi 2014). Martingale couplings exist exactly when μ\muμ and ν\nuν are in convex order (Strassen 1965).

Beiglböck and Juillet (arXiv:1208.1509, Ann. Probab. 44(1), 2016) asked for the martingale counterpart of the monotone coupling, and found it: the left-curtain coupling πlc\pi_{\mathrm{lc}}πlc​. This mission formalizes its existence and uniqueness (Theorem 1.5), which is the foundation for the paper's later optimality results (Theorems 1.7, 6.1 and 6.3, other missions of this series).

Setting

All measures are Borel measures on R\mathbb RR or R×R\mathbb R\times\mathbb RR×R. M\mathcal MM is the set of finite measures μ\muμ with ∫∣x∣ dμ<∞\int|x|\,d\mu<\infty∫∣x∣dμ<∞. For μ,ν∈M\mu,\nu\in\mathcal Mμ,ν∈M:

  • Convex order μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν: ∫φ dμ≤∫φ dν\int\varphi\,d\mu\le\int\varphi\,d\nu∫φdμ≤∫φdν for every convex φ:R→R\varphi:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rφ:R→R (Definition 2.1). It forces equal mass and equal mean. Extended convex order μ⪯Eν\mu\preceq_E\nuμ⪯E​ν: the same inequality for nonnegative convex φ\varphiφ only (Definition 4.3); it allows μ(R)<ν(R)\mu(\mathbb R)<\nu(\mathbb R)μ(R)<ν(R).
  • Martingale transport plans ΠM(μ,ν)\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)ΠM​(μ,ν): measures π\piπ on R2\mathbb R^2R2 with marginals μ\muμ and ν\nuν and ∫ρ(x)(y−x) dπ(x,y)=0\int\rho(x)(y-x)\,d\pi(x,y)=0∫ρ(x)(y−x)dπ(x,y)=0 for every bounded Borel ρ\rhoρ, that is, the conditional barycentre of πx\pi_xπx​ is xxx for μ\muμ-a.e. xxx.
  • Left-monotone plans (Definition 1.4): π\piπ is concentrated on a Borel set Γ\GammaΓ that contains no three points (x,y−),(x,y+),(x′,y′)(x,y^-),(x,y^+),(x',y')(x,y−),(x,y+),(x′,y′) with x<x′x<x'x<x′ and y−<y′<y+y^-<y'<y^+y−<y′<y+. Mass leaving a point xxx to both sides of y′y'y′ forbids any later point x′>xx'>xx′>x from sending mass to y′y'y′.
  • Shadow (Lemma 4.6): for μ⪯Eν\mu\preceq_E\nuμ⪯E​ν, Sν(μ)S^\nu(\mu)Sν(μ) is the measure η≤ν\eta\le\nuη≤ν with μ⪯Cη\mu\preceq_C\etaμ⪯C​η that is least in the convex order among all such η\etaη: the least spread-out part of ν\nuν into which μ\muμ can be embedded by a martingale.
  • Left-curtain coupling (Theorem 4.18): the plan πlc\pi_{\mathrm{lc}}πlc​ with proj⁡#x(πlc∣]−∞,x]×R)=μ∣]−∞,x]\operatorname{proj}^x_\#(\pi_{\mathrm{lc}}|_{]-\infty,x]\times\mathbb R})=\mu|_{]-\infty,x]}proj#x​(πlc​∣]−∞,x]×R​)=μ∣]−∞,x]​ and νxπlc:=proj⁡#y(πlc∣]−∞,x]×R)=Sν(μ∣]−∞,x])\nu^{\pi_{\mathrm{lc}}}_x:=\operatorname{proj}^y_\#(\pi_{\mathrm{lc}}|_{]-\infty,x]\times\mathbb R})=S^\nu(\mu|_{]-\infty,x]})νxπlc​​:=proj#y​(πlc​∣]−∞,x]×R​)=Sν(μ∣]−∞,x]​) for every xxx.

In Lean these are InM, ConvexLE, ExtConvexLE, IsMartingalePlan, IsLeftMonotone, IsShadow, IsLeftCurtain and targetUpTo in the shared namespace MartOT.Var. The mission's own theorems are in MartOT.Curtain.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.5 (p. 6)

For probability measures μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν on R\mathbb RR with finite first moments,

∃! ππ∈ΠM(μ,ν)  and  π is left-monotone.\exists!\,\pi\quad\pi\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)\ \text{ and }\ \pi\text{ is left-monotone}.∃!ππ∈ΠM​(μ,ν)  and  π is left-monotone.

Existence alone, or uniqueness only among left-curtain plans, is not the goal: the statement says that monotonicity alone singles out one martingale coupling.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 4.6: shadows exist and are unique, and satisfy (iii′) for the extended order.
  2. Monotonicity of shadows (§4.4, p. 31): μ≤μ′⪯Eν\mu\le\mu'\preceq_E\nuμ≤μ′⪯E​ν implies Sν(μ)≤Sν(μ′)S^\nu(\mu)\le S^\nu(\mu')Sν(μ)≤Sν(μ′).
  3. Theorem 4.18: πlc\pi_{\mathrm{lc}}πlc​ exists, is unique, is a probability measure and lies in ΠM(μ,ν)\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)ΠM​(μ,ν).
  4. Theorem 1.8: νtπlc⪯Cνtπ\nu^{\pi_{\mathrm{lc}}}_t\preceq_C\nu^\pi_tνtπlc​​⪯C​νtπ​ for every ttt and every π∈ΠM(μ,ν)\pi\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)π∈ΠM​(μ,ν).
  5. Lemma 1.11 (variational lemma): an optimal plan of finite cost lives on a Borel set on which no finitely supported measure has a cheaper competitor.
  6. Proof of Theorem 4.21: πlc\pi_{\mathrm{lc}}πlc​ is optimal for every cost cs,t(x,y)=1]−∞,s](x)∣y−t∣c_{s,t}(x,y)=\mathbf 1_{]-\infty,s]}(x)|y-t|cs,t​(x,y)=1]−∞,s]​(x)∣y−t∣.
  7. Theorem 4.21: πlc\pi_{\mathrm{lc}}πlc​ is left-monotone (the existence half of the goal).
  8. Lemma 5.1: end-point behaviour of μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν at sup⁡spt⁡μ\sup\operatorname{spt}\musupsptμ and inf⁡spt⁡μ\inf\operatorname{spt}\muinfsptμ.
  9. Lemma 5.2: a nonzero signed measure of mass 000 is detected by a test function ga,bg_{a,b}ga,b​ anchored in the support of its positive part.
  10. Theorem 5.3: every left-monotone martingale plan is the left-curtain coupling of its marginals (the uniqueness half).

Significance

Theorem 1.5 identifies a canonical martingale coupling defined by a geometric property of its support alone. The paper then shows that πlc\pi_{\mathrm{lc}}πlc​ is the unique optimizer of the martingale transport problem for costs h(y−x)h(y-x)h(y−x) with h′h'h′ strictly convex (Theorem 1.7) and that it is characterized by the convex-order minimality of Theorem 1.8. The left-curtain coupling has since been studied and generalized in a series of works (for instance Henry-Labordère and Touzi 2016).

The result is proved in the paper. It has, as far as the platform's catalogue shows, no machine-checked proof: no statement about martingale transport plans, shadows or the left-curtain coupling exists on Prove2Me. A formal development would produce reusable infrastructure: the convex order on finite measures of arbitrary mass, shadows, and the passage between the barycentre characterization (4) of martingale plans and their disintegrations.

Difficulty

Existence is not the hard part in the abstract: a left-monotone plan can be obtained as an optimizer for a suitable cost via the variational lemma. The construction through shadows is more delicate: one must show that the shadows of the initial segments μ∣]−∞,x]\mu|_{]-\infty,x]}μ∣]−∞,x]​ increase with xxx (this rests on Theorem 4.8, the shadow of a sum) and that the resulting plan satisfies the martingale property.

Uniqueness is the main obstacle. The classical argument for uniqueness of optimal plans (averaging two candidates and using strict convexity) requires a continuous first marginal and does not apply to arbitrary μ\muμ with atoms. The paper's argument is specific to the problem: it compares νxπ\nu^\pi_xνxπ​ with the shadow νxπlc\nu^{\pi_{\mathrm{lc}}}_xνxπlc​​ through the test functions gu,vg_{u,v}gu,v​ and a case analysis at the support end-points, which needs the measure-theoretic Lemmas 5.1 and 5.2.

Formalization scope

  • Measures are MeasureTheory.Measure ℝ and Measure (ℝ × ℝ) with Borel σ-algebras. The goal and Theorems 1.8, 4.18, 4.21 take μ,ν\mu,\nuμ,ν probability measures (IsProbabilityMeasure) in convex order; Lemma 4.6, the shadow monotonicity, Lemma 5.1 and Theorem 5.3 work in M\mathcal MM, as the paper's Sections 4–5 do.
  • Integrals of convex functions and costs are extended-real valued (EReal, through the published ModelRiskOT.Duality.extIntegral), so no Bochner integral of a non-integrable function enters a statement. ΠM\Pi_MΠM​ is encoded by characterization (4) of the paper, not by disintegrations.
  • Shadows and the left-curtain coupling are predicates (IsShadow, IsLeftCurtain), never chosen functions: their existence and uniqueness are milestones, not definitions. A formalization that defined πlc\pi_{\mathrm{lc}}πlc​ by a choice and the left-monotone plan as "the left-curtain plan" would make the goal circular; the goal mentions only ΠM\Pi_MΠM​ and left-monotonicity.
  • "π(Γ)=1\pi(\Gamma)=1π(Γ)=1" is written π(Γc)=0\pi(\Gamma^c)=0π(Γc)=0; the support of a measure is Mathlib's Measure.support.
  • No hypothesis is added to any statement of the page. In Lemma 5.1, sup⁡spt⁡μ\sup\operatorname{spt}\musupsptμ is the real supremum of the support under BddAbove; at μ=0\mu=0μ=0 Lean's convention sup⁡∅=0\sup\emptyset=0sup∅=0 applies.
  • Reading: Theorem 1.8's "minimal" is formalized as "least" (below every member of the family), which is how the paper uses it.
  • Strassen's theorem is not restated; it is already posed on the platform as PalmQueueing.Ordering.strassen_cx.

Contributions are welcome at every level: proofs of the milestones, auxiliary lemmas on the convex order of finite measures (potential functions uμu_\muuμ​, equality of mass and mean), and the equivalence between (4) and the disintegration form of the martingale property.

Selected references

  • M. Beiglböck, N. Juillet, On a problem of optimal transport under marginal martingale constraints, Ann. Probab. 44(1), 42–106, 2016. arXiv:1208.1509, doi:10.1214/14-AOP966
  • M. Beiglböck, P. Henry-Labordère, F. Penkner, Model-independent bounds for option prices — a mass transport approach, Finance Stoch. 17(3), 477–501, 2013. arXiv:1106.5929
  • A. Galichon, P. Henry-Labordère, N. Touzi, A stochastic control approach to no-arbitrage bounds given marginals, with an application to lookback options, Ann. Appl. Probab. 24(1), 312–336, 2014. doi:10.1214/13-AAP925
  • V. Strassen, The existence of probability measures with given marginals, Ann. Math. Statist. 36(2), 423–439, 1965. doi:10.1214/aoms/1177700153
  • P. Henry-Labordère, N. Touzi, An explicit martingale version of the one-dimensional Brenier theorem, Finance Stoch. 20(3), 635–668, 2016. arXiv:1302.4854
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamical SystemsMachine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Convergence and Dynamical Behavior of the ADAM Algorithm for Nonconvex Stochastic Optimization 5: Decreasing-Step Adam Converges Almost Surely to the Critical Points of FResearch Paper

Motivation

Adam (Kingma and Ba, 2015) is the default optimizer for training neural networks: a stochastic gradient method that keeps an exponential moving average mnm_nmn​ of past gradients and an exponential moving average vnv_nvn​ of their coordinatewise squares, and divides the first by the square root of the second. Its practical success came well before any convergence theory for nonconvex objectives. Reddi, Kale and Kumar (2018) showed that Adam with constant momentum parameters can fail to converge even on convex problems, which made the question of under which parameter schedules Adam provably converges a live one.

Barakat and Bianchi (arXiv:1810.02263, SIAM J. Math. Data Sci. 2021) answer it through the ODE method of stochastic approximation (Benaïm, 1999). This mission takes the paper's almost-sure convergence theorem for Adam with decreasing stepsizes, Theorem 5.2. Under a stepsize schedule in which 1−αn1 - \alpha_n1−αn​ and 1−βn1 - \beta_n1−βn​ shrink in proportion to the stepsize γn\gamma_nγn​, the iterates converge almost surely to the critical points of the objective, provided they stay bounded.

Setting

Let ξ\xiξ be a random variable on a measurable space Ξ\XiΞ with law μ\muμ, let f:Rd×Ξ→Rf : \mathbb R^d \times \Xi \to \mathbb Rf:Rd×Ξ→R be an integrand with gradient ∇f(x,ξ)\nabla f(x, \xi)∇f(x,ξ) in xxx, and set

F(x)=Ef(x,ξ),S(x)=E(∇f(x,ξ)⊙2),S=∇F−1({0}),F(x) = \mathbb E f(x, \xi), \qquad S(x) = \mathbb E\big(\nabla f(x,\xi)^{\odot 2}\big), \qquad \mathcal S = \nabla F^{-1}(\{0\}),F(x)=Ef(x,ξ),S(x)=E(∇f(x,ξ)⊙2),S=∇F−1({0}),

where ⊙2\odot 2⊙2 is the coordinatewise square and S\mathcal SS is the critical set. Let ξ1,ξ2,…\xi_1, \xi_2, \dotsξ1​,ξ2​,… be iid copies of ξ\xiξ on a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega, \mathcal F, \mathbb P)(Ω,F,P).

Algorithm 5.1 takes stepsizes γn>0\gamma_n > 0γn​>0, weights αn,βn∈[0,1]\alpha_n, \beta_n \in [0,1]αn​,βn​∈[0,1] and a constant ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0. Starting from x0∈Rdx_0 \in \mathbb R^dx0​∈Rd, m0=v0=0m_0 = v_0 = 0m0​=v0​=0 and r0=rˉ0=0r_0 = \bar r_0 = 0r0​=rˉ0​=0, it computes for n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, with all vector operations coordinatewise:

mn=αnmn−1+(1−αn)∇f(xn−1,ξn),vn=βnvn−1+(1−βn)∇f(xn−1,ξn)⊙2,rn=αnrn−1+(1−αn),rˉn=βnrˉn−1+(1−βn),xn=xn−1−γnm^nε+v^n,m^n=mn/rn,v^n=vn/rˉn.\begin{aligned} m_n &= \alpha_n m_{n-1} + (1-\alpha_n)\nabla f(x_{n-1}, \xi_n), & v_n &= \beta_n v_{n-1} + (1-\beta_n)\nabla f(x_{n-1}, \xi_n)^{\odot 2},\\ r_n &= \alpha_n r_{n-1} + (1 - \alpha_n), & \bar r_n &= \beta_n \bar r_{n-1} + (1 - \beta_n),\\ x_n &= x_{n-1} - \gamma_n \frac{\hat m_n}{\varepsilon + \sqrt{\hat v_n}}, & \hat m_n &= m_n / r_n,\quad \hat v_n = v_n / \bar r_n . \end{aligned}mn​rn​xn​​=αn​mn−1​+(1−αn​)∇f(xn−1​,ξn​),=αn​rn−1​+(1−αn​),=xn−1​−γn​ε+v^n​​m^n​​,​vn​rˉn​m^n​​=βn​vn−1​+(1−βn​)∇f(xn−1​,ξn​)⊙2,=βn​rˉn−1​+(1−βn​),=mn​/rn​,v^n​=vn​/rˉn​.​

The divisions by rnr_nrn​, rˉn\bar r_nrˉn​ are the bias correction.

The stepsizes satisfy Assumption 5.1: γn+1/γn→1\gamma_{n+1}/\gamma_n \to 1γn+1​/γn​→1, ∑nγn=+∞\sum_n \gamma_n = +\infty∑n​γn​=+∞, ∑nγn2<+∞\sum_n \gamma_n^2 < +\infty∑n​γn2​<+∞, and there are a,ba, ba,b with 0<b<4a0 < b < 4a0<b<4a, (1−αn)/γn→a(1-\alpha_n)/\gamma_n \to a(1−αn​)/γn​→a and (1−βn)/γn→b(1-\beta_n)/\gamma_n \to b(1−βn​)/γn​→b. The limiting dynamics is the autonomous ODE z˙=h∞(z)\dot z = h_\infty(z)z˙=h∞​(z) on Z+=Rd×Rd×[0,∞)d\mathcal Z_+ = \mathbb R^d \times \mathbb R^d \times [0,\infty)^dZ+​=Rd×Rd×[0,∞)d, written (ODE∞)(\mathrm{ODE}_\infty)(ODE∞​), with

h∞(x,m,v)=(−mε+v, a(∇F(x)−m), b(S(x)−v)).h_\infty(x, m, v) = \Big( -\frac{m}{\varepsilon + \sqrt v},\ a(\nabla F(x) - m),\ b(S(x) - v) \Big).h∞​(x,m,v)=(−ε+v​m​, a(∇F(x)−m), b(S(x)−v)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.2

Assume Assumption 2.2 (regularity and moments of fff), FFF coercive (2.3), S(x)>0S(x) > 0S(x)>0 coordinatewise (2.4), iid samples (4.1), Assumption 5.1, sup⁡x∈KE∥∇f(x,ξ)∥4<∞\sup_{x\in K}\mathbb E\|\nabla f(x,\xi)\|^4 < \inftysupx∈K​E∥∇f(x,ξ)∥4<∞ on compacts (4.2 i) with p=4p = 4p=4), that F(S)F(\mathcal S)F(S) has empty interior, and that (xn,mn,vn)(x_n, m_n, v_n)(xn​,mn​,vn​) is bounded with probability one. Then, almost surely,

d(xn,S)→0,mn→0,S(xn)−vn→0,d(x_n, \mathcal S) \to 0, \qquad m_n \to 0, \qquad S(x_n) - v_n \to 0,d(xn​,S)→0,mn​→0,S(xn​)−vn​→0,

and if S\mathcal SS is countable, almost surely (xn,mn,vn)→(x∗,0,S(x∗))(x_n, m_n, v_n) \to (x^*, 0, S(x^*))(xn​,mn​,vn​)→(x∗,0,S(x∗)) for some x∗∈Sx^* \in \mathcal Sx∗∈S.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 9.1 i)–ii): rn=1−∏i=1nαir_n = 1 - \prod_{i=1}^n \alpha_irn​=1−∏i=1n​αi​, and rnr_nrn​ increases to 111.
  2. §9.1: in the decomposition zˉn+1=zˉn+γn+1h∞(zˉn)+γn+1χn+1+γn+1ςn+1\bar z_{n+1} = \bar z_n + \gamma_{n+1} h_\infty(\bar z_n) + \gamma_{n+1}\chi_{n+1} + \gamma_{n+1}\varsigma_{n+1}zˉn+1​=zˉn​+γn+1​h∞​(zˉn​)+γn+1​χn+1​+γn+1​ςn+1​ of zˉn=(xn−1,mn,vn)\bar z_n = (x_{n-1}, m_n, v_n)zˉn​=(xn−1​,mn​,vn​), the remainder satisfies ςn→0\varsigma_n \to 0ςn​→0 almost surely.
  3. §9.1: the piecewise-affine interpolation of (zˉn)(\bar z_n)(zˉn​) on the times τn=∑k≤nγk\tau_n = \sum_{k\le n}\gamma_kτn​=∑k≤n​γk​ is almost surely a bounded asymptotic pseudotrajectory of the semiflow of (ODE∞)(\mathrm{ODE}_\infty)(ODE∞​).
  4. Proposition 7.13: (ODE∞)(\mathrm{ODE}_\infty)(ODE∞​) is well posed on Z+\mathcal Z_+Z+​ and defines a semiflow Φ\PhiΦ.
  5. Proposition 7.14 (after Benaïm): the limit set of a relatively compact asymptotic pseudotrajectory of a semiflow with a strict Lyapunov function lies in the set of equilibria.
  6. Proposition 7.15: on the closed hull of the orbits of a compact set, Wδ=V∞−δ⟨∇F(x),m⟩+δ∥S(x)−v∥2W_\delta = V_\infty - \delta\langle\nabla F(x), m\rangle + \delta\|S(x) - v\|^2Wδ​=V∞​−δ⟨∇F(x),m⟩+δ∥S(x)−v∥2 is a strict Lyapunov function for some δ>0\delta > 0δ>0.

Significance

The theorem identifies a regime of Adam's hyperparameters, 1−αn∼aγn1 - \alpha_n \sim a\gamma_n1−αn​∼aγn​ and 1−βn∼bγn1 - \beta_n \sim b\gamma_n1−βn​∼bγn​ with b<4ab < 4ab<4a, in which the algorithm behaves like a gradient method with vanishing noise: the iterates approach critical points, the momentum dies out, and the second-moment estimate converges to S(xn)S(x_n)S(xn​). The condition b<4ab < 4ab<4a ties the two averaging rates together. It is the condition under which the paper's Lyapunov function for the continuous dynamics decreases (Lemma 7.5). The argument structure is also a template for other adaptive methods: once the limiting ODE has a strict Lyapunov function, almost-sure convergence of the iterates follows from the same steps.

The paper proves the result on paper; none of it is machine-checked. A formal proof would also be the first formal instance on Prove2Me of the full ODE method for a concrete stochastic algorithm. That pipeline runs from the iterates to a perturbed Euler scheme, then to an asymptotic pseudotrajectory and a limit-set theorem, and finally to convergence. Benaïm's general results are being formalized separately on the platform (the asymptotic-pseudotrajectory definition this mission reuses comes from that effort), so the two developments meet in milestone 3.

Difficulty

The obvious approach is to treat Adam as stochastic gradient descent with a preconditioner and run a descent-lemma argument on F(xn)F(x_n)F(xn​). This fails because the update direction m^n/(ε+v^n)\hat m_n/(\varepsilon + \sqrt{\hat v_n})m^n​/(ε+v^n​​) is not a descent direction for FFF: mnm_nmn​ lags behind ∇F(xn)\nabla F(x_n)∇F(xn​). Any Lyapunov function has to involve the momentum, and FFF alone does not decrease. The continuous-time energy V∞V_\inftyV∞​ decreases only weakly, and only its perturbation WδW_\deltaWδ​ is strict, and only on compact sets. A second difficulty is that the stepsize-dependent coefficients (1−αn+1)/γn+1(1-\alpha_{n+1})/\gamma_{n+1}(1−αn+1​)/γn+1​ and the bias corrections rnr_nrn​, rˉn\bar r_nrˉn​ make the recursion a non-autonomous perturbation of the Euler scheme of h∞h_\inftyh∞​. The remainder must be shown to vanish along almost every path before the general theory applies. Finally, the abstract limit-set theorem needs the semiflow to be well defined on the closed set Z+\mathcal Z_+Z+​, where h∞h_\inftyh∞​ involves v\sqrt vv​ and is not Lipschitz at v=0v = 0v=0.

Formalization scope

Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). The state space Z\mathcal ZZ is the product of three copies with Mathlib's max-of-factors norm, which is equivalent to the Euclidean norm of R3d\mathbb R^{3d}R3d and leaves boundedness and limits unchanged. FFF and SSS are Bochner integrals against the law μ\muμ. Assumption 2.2 makes the integrands integrable, so they are the true expectations. Moments are lower Lebesgue integrals. Algorithm 5.1 is a pathwise recursion adamIter, driven by a random sequence ξ:N→Ω→Ξ\xi : \mathbb N \to \Omega \to \Xiξ:N→Ω→Ξ whose index 000 is unused. The iid hypothesis is iIndepFun with every ξn+1\xi_{n+1}ξn+1​ of law μ\muμ.

Two hypotheses are left implicit on the page and are added explicitly. The first is ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0. The second is α1<1\alpha_1 < 1α1​<1 and β1<1\beta_1 < 1β1​<1: Assumption 5.1 iii) permits α1=1\alpha_1 = 1α1​=1, which gives r1=0r_1 = 0r1​=0, and Lean's division by zero returns 000. Lemma 9.1 is stated with γn>0\gamma_n > 0γn​>0 and ∑γn=∞\sum\gamma_n = \infty∑γn​=∞, which its convergence claim needs. Semiflows are Flow ℝ≥0 on the subtype Z+\mathcal Z_+Z+​, and the asymptotic pseudotrajectory and limit set are the published StochApproxDyn.LimitSet definitions. The ODE milestones 4–6 hold for abstract FFF, SSS under Assumptions 7.1–7.2 with 0<b≤4a0 < b \le 4a0<b≤4a, as in the paper's §7.

The goal concerns the iterates of Algorithm 5.1 itself. A statement about trajectories of (ODE∞)(\mathrm{ODE}_\infty)(ODE∞​), or one that replaces almost-sure boundedness by a bound uniform in ω\omegaω together with deterministic gradients, is a different and much weaker theorem and is ruled out. The interior condition on F(S)F(\mathcal S)F(S) and the countability of S\mathcal SS enter exactly as on the page.

A complete development needs the following:

  • well-posedness of the ODE on a closed set with a non-Lipschitz field;
  • the Benaïm machinery: martingale-noise control via Doob's convergence theorem, and the passage from vanishing perturbations to asymptotic pseudotrajectories;
  • the limit-set theorem for strict Lyapunov functions.

The last two are reusable for any stochastic approximation scheme, and contributions to them are welcome independently of Adam.

Selected references

  • A. Barakat, P. Bianchi, Convergence and Dynamical Behavior of the ADAM Algorithm for Nonconvex Stochastic Optimization, SIAM J. Math. Data Sci. 3(1), 2021; arXiv:1810.02263v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1810.02263
  • M. Benaïm, Dynamics of stochastic approximation algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, LNM 1709, Springer, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0096509
  • D. P. Kingma, J. Ba, Adam: A Method for Stochastic Optimization, ICLR 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1412.6980
  • S. J. Reddi, S. Kale, S. Kumar, On the Convergence of Adam and Beyond, ICLR 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1904.09237
16 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimal TransportProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On a Problem of Optimal Transport Under Marginal Martingale Constraints 5: For c = ϕ(x)ψ(y), ψ Strictly Convex, ϕ Strictly Decreasing, the Left-Curtain Coupling Is the Unique OptimizerResearch Paper

Motivation

Martingale optimal transport asks for the cheapest way to couple two given laws μ\muμ and ν\nuν on R\mathbb RR by a one-step martingale: a pair (X,Y)(X,Y)(X,Y) with X∼μX\sim\muX∼μ, Y∼νY\sim\nuY∼ν and E[Y∣X]=XE[Y\mid X]=XE[Y∣X]=X. The problem arises in mathematical finance, where μ\muμ and ν\nuν are the risk-neutral laws of an asset at two maturities, implied by quoted vanilla option prices, and the extremal values of E[c(X,Y)]E[c(X,Y)]E[c(X,Y)] over all such couplings are model-independent price bounds for the exotic payoff ccc (Beiglböck, Henry-Labordère, Penkner 2013; Galichon, Henry-Labordère, Touzi 2014). In classical optimal transport on the line, a single coupling, the monotone (quantile) coupling, is optimal for a whole family of costs. Beiglböck and Juillet (arXiv:1208.1509, Ann. Probab. 2016) identify its martingale counterpart, the left-curtain coupling πlc\pi_{lc}πlc​, and determine costs for which it is optimal.

This mission formalizes one of those optimality results, Theorem 6.3: for product costs c(x,y)=φ(x)ψ(y)c(x,y)=\varphi(x)\psi(y)c(x,y)=φ(x)ψ(y) with ψ\psiψ strictly convex and φ\varphiφ decreasing, πlc\pi_{lc}πlc​ is the unique optimizer.

Setting

Let M\mathcal MM be the set of finite Borel measures on R\mathbb RR with finite first moment. For μ,ν∈M\mu,\nu\in\mathcal Mμ,ν∈M the convex order μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν means ∫ϕ dμ≤∫ϕ dν\int\phi\,d\mu\le\int\phi\,d\nu∫ϕdμ≤∫ϕdν for every convex ϕ:R→R\phi:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rϕ:R→R; it forces equal mass and equal mean. The extended convex order μ⪯Eν\mu\preceq_E\nuμ⪯E​ν asks this only for nonnegative convex ϕ\phiϕ.

A transport plan from μ\muμ to ν\nuν is a measure π\piπ on R×R\mathbb R\times\mathbb RR×R with marginals μ\muμ and ν\nuν; the set of them is Π(μ,ν)\Pi(\mu,\nu)Π(μ,ν). It is a martingale transport plan, π∈ΠM(μ,ν)\pi\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)π∈ΠM​(μ,ν), if y−xy-xy−x is π\piπ-integrable and

∫ρ(x) (y−x) dπ(x,y)=0for every bounded Borel ρ,\int\rho(x)\,(y-x)\,d\pi(x,y)=0\quad\text{for every bounded Borel }\rho,∫ρ(x)(y−x)dπ(x,y)=0for every bounded Borel ρ,

that is, the conditional law πx\pi_xπx​ of yyy given xxx has barycentre xxx for μ\muμ-almost every xxx. For a cost c:R2→Rc:\mathbb R^2\to\mathbb Rc:R2→R the cost of a plan is Eπ[c]=∫c dπ∈(−∞,+∞]E_\pi[c]=\int c\,d\pi\in(-\infty,+\infty]Eπ​[c]=∫cdπ∈(−∞,+∞], the value is CM(μ,ν)=inf⁡π∈ΠM(μ,ν)Eπ[c]C_M(\mu,\nu)=\inf_{\pi\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)}E_\pi[c]CM​(μ,ν)=infπ∈ΠM​(μ,ν)​Eπ​[c], and π\piπ is optimal if it belongs to ΠM(μ,ν)\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)ΠM​(μ,ν) and attains this infimum.

For a plan π\piπ and t∈Rt\in\mathbb Rt∈R, the measure νtπ=proj#y(π∣(−∞,t]×R)\nu^\pi_t=\mathrm{proj}^y_\#(\pi|_{(-\infty,t]\times\mathbb R})νtπ​=proj#y​(π∣(−∞,t]×R​) is where π\piπ sends the left part μ∣(−∞,t]\mu|_{(-\infty,t]}μ∣(−∞,t]​ of μ\muμ. Given μ⪯Eν\mu\preceq_E\nuμ⪯E​ν, the shadow Sν(μ)S^\nu(\mu)Sν(μ) is the measure η\etaη with η≤ν\eta\le\nuη≤ν and μ⪯Cη\mu\preceq_C\etaμ⪯C​η that is ⪯C\preceq_C⪯C​-below every other such measure. The left-curtain coupling of μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν is the plan πlc\pi_{lc}πlc​ with

proj#x(πlc∣(−∞,x]×R)=μ∣(−∞,x],νxπlc=Sν(μ∣(−∞,x])(x∈R).\mathrm{proj}^x_\#(\pi_{lc}|_{(-\infty,x]\times\mathbb R})=\mu|_{(-\infty,x]},\qquad \nu^{\pi_{lc}}_x=S^\nu(\mu|_{(-\infty,x]})\qquad(x\in\mathbb R).proj#x​(πlc​∣(−∞,x]×R​)=μ∣(−∞,x]​,νxπlc​​=Sν(μ∣(−∞,x]​)(x∈R).

It sends every left part of μ\muμ to the most concentrated part of ν\nuν that can receive it by a martingale.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.3

Let μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν be finite measures, ψ≥0\psi\ge0ψ≥0 strictly convex, φ≥0\varphi\ge0φ≥0 strictly decreasing, c(x,y)=φ(x)ψ(y)c(x,y)=\varphi(x)\psi(y)c(x,y)=φ(x)ψ(y), and assume CM(μ,ν)<+∞C_M(\mu,\nu)<+\inftyCM​(μ,ν)<+∞. Then

πlc is optimal, and every optimal π∈ΠM(μ,ν) equals πlc.\pi_{lc}\ \text{is optimal, and every optimal }\pi\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)\text{ equals }\pi_{lc}.πlc​ is optimal, and every optimal π∈ΠM​(μ,ν) equals πlc​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 4.6: for μ⪯Eν\mu\preceq_E\nuμ⪯E​ν in M\mathcal MM the shadow exists and is unique.
  2. Theorem 4.18: for μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν the left-curtain coupling exists, is unique, and lies in ΠM(μ,ν)\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)ΠM​(μ,ν).
  3. Proof of Theorem 4.21: for every π∈ΠM(μ,ν)\pi\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)π∈ΠM​(μ,ν) and sss, νsπ≤ν\nu^\pi_s\le\nuνsπ​≤ν, μ∣(−∞,s]⪯Cνsπ\mu|_{(-\infty,s]}\preceq_C\nu^\pi_sμ∣(−∞,s]​⪯C​νsπ​, and νsπlc⪯Cνsπ\nu^{\pi_{lc}}_s\preceq_C\nu^\pi_sνsπlc​​⪯C​νsπ​.
  4. Equation (16): ∫φ(x)ψ(y) dπ=∫0∞(∫ψ dν{φ≥t}π)dt\displaystyle\int\varphi(x)\psi(y)\,d\pi=\int_0^\infty\Big(\int\psi\,d\nu^\pi_{\{\varphi\ge t\}}\Big)dt∫φ(x)ψ(y)dπ=∫0∞​(∫ψdν{φ≥t}π​)dt.
  5. Equality case: for η⪯Cη′\eta\preceq_C\eta'η⪯C​η′ and ψ\psiψ strictly convex with ∫ψ dη′<∞\int\psi\,d\eta'<\infty∫ψdη′<∞, ∫ψ dη=∫ψ dη′\int\psi\,d\eta=\int\psi\,d\eta'∫ψdη=∫ψdη′ iff η=η′\eta=\eta'η=η′.
  6. §1.3: a plan in Π(μ,ν)\Pi(\mu,\nu)Π(μ,ν) is determined by the family (νtπ)t∈R(\nu^\pi_t)_{t\in\mathbb R}(νtπ​)t∈R​.

Significance

Theorem 6.3 gives a class of costs for which the martingale transport problem has an explicit, cost-independent solution, and does so with uniqueness and without any regularity of φ\varphiφ beyond monotonicity. In the financial reading, every payoff of the form φ(X)ψ(Y)\varphi(X)\psi(Y)φ(X)ψ(Y) with these shape properties has its model-independent lower price bound attained by one and the same model, the left-curtain martingale, which depends only on the marginals. The result complements Theorem 6.1 of the same paper (costs h(y−x)h(y-x)h(y−x) with h′h'h′ strictly convex), proved by a different, variational route.

The theorem is proved in the paper. No machine-checked version is known: neither the left-curtain coupling nor shadows nor martingale optimal transport on R\mathbb RR appears in Mathlib or on the platform. A formalization produces the shadow construction, the left-curtain coupling as a Lean object with its characterization, and the comparison principle "πlc\pi_{lc}πlc​ has the ⪯C\preceq_C⪯C​-least targets", all of which are reused by the other results of the series (uniqueness of the left-monotone plan, Theorem 6.1, the support bounds of §7).

Difficulty

The obvious argument compares costs plan by plan, but the convex order of two measures alone does not order the integrals of a strictly convex ψ\psiψ strictly: that ∫ψ dη=∫ψ dη′\int\psi\,d\eta=\int\psi\,d\eta'∫ψdη=∫ψdη′ forces η=η′\eta=\eta'η=η′ requires representing η′\eta'η′ as a martingale image of η\etaη (Strassen's theorem on R\mathbb RR) and the equality case of Jensen's inequality, with care about infinite integrals. The second obstacle is the passage from "equal targets for almost every level ttt of φ\varphiφ" to "equal plans": the superlevel sets of a strictly decreasing φ\varphiφ are half-lines that may be open or closed at the jumps of φ\varphiφ, so the targets must be controlled for both kinds of half-line, and a null set of levels must be bridged by monotonicity of t↦νtπt\mapsto\nu^\pi_tt↦νtπ​. Existence of shadows (Lemma 4.6) is itself a nontrivial construction through potential functions uμ(x)=∫∣y−x∣ dμ(y)u_\mu(x)=\int|y-x|\,d\mu(y)uμ​(x)=∫∣y−x∣dμ(y).

Formalization scope

Measures are Mathlib Measure ℝ and Measure (ℝ × ℝ) with the Borel σ-algebras. μ\muμ and ν\nuν are finite, not necessarily probability, measures, as the theorem states; membership in M\mathcal MM is part of ConvexLE. Integrals that may be infinite take values in EReal, through the published ModelRiskOT.Duality.extIntegral (∫f+−∫f−\int f^+-\int f^-∫f+−∫f−). ΠM\Pi_MΠM​ is encoded by the characterization above with bounded test functions ρ\rhoρ. The shadow and the left-curtain coupling are predicates (IsShadow, IsLeftCurtain); their existence and uniqueness are milestones, never built into definitions. "Optimal" is minimality of cost over martingale plans; attainment is not assumed.

Two hypotheses are read into the printed statement. "Decreasing" is strict: with φ≡1\varphi\equiv1φ≡1 all martingale plans have the same cost ∫ψ dν\int\psi\,d\nu∫ψdν, and for μ\muμ uniform on {−1,1}\{-1,1\}{−1,1}, ν\nuν uniform on {−2,0,2}\{-2,0,2\}{−2,0,2} there are infinitely many of them. CM(μ,ν)<+∞C_M(\mu,\nu)<+\inftyCM​(μ,ν)<+∞ is added, as the proof assumes a plan of finite cost; otherwise every plan is optimal. A formalization in which πlc\pi_{lc}πlc​ is merely some plan, the cost is a Bochner integral (which is 000 for non-integrable integrands), or optimality is taken among all plans rather than martingale plans would not be Theorem 6.3. Theorem 4.18 is stated for finite measures of equal mass, the generality Theorem 6.3 needs. Strassen's theorem is already posed on the platform (PalmQueueing.Ordering.strassen_cx) and is not restated.

A complete development needs the convex order on finite measures, shadows, the left-curtain coupling, a layer-cake identity for product integrands and the equality case of the convex order for strictly convex test functions. The shadow and left-curtain layers are reusable across the whole series; contributions to any milestone, and to general lemmas on the convex order of finite (not only probability) measures, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Beiglböck, N. Juillet, On a problem of optimal transport under marginal martingale constraints, Ann. Probab. 44(1), 42–106, 2016. arXiv:1208.1509v2, doi:10.1214/14-AOP966
  • M. Beiglböck, P. Henry-Labordère, F. Penkner, Model-independent bounds for option prices — a mass transport approach, Finance Stoch. 17, 477–501, 2013. doi:10.1007/s00780-013-0205-8
  • A. Galichon, P. Henry-Labordère, N. Touzi, A stochastic control approach to no-arbitrage bounds given marginals, with an application to lookback options, Ann. Appl. Probab. 24(1), 312–336, 2014. doi:10.1214/13-AAP925
  • V. Strassen, The existence of probability measures with given marginals, Ann. Math. Statist. 36, 423–439, 1965. doi:10.1214/aoms/1177700153
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimal TransportProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On a Problem of Optimal Transport Under Marginal Martingale Constraints 6: For c = −|y − x| and Continuous µ the Optimizer Is Unique and Lives on Two Monotone GraphsResearch Paper

Motivation

A forward-start straddle pays ∣S2−S1∣|S_2 - S_1|∣S2​−S1​∣, the absolute change of an asset price between two future dates. A trader who knows the market prices of all vanilla options at both dates knows the laws μ\muμ of S1S_1S1​ and ν\nuν of S2S_2S2​, but not their joint law. Under a pricing measure the price is a martingale, so the admissible joint laws are exactly the martingale couplings of μ\muμ and ν\nuν. The highest price consistent with the data is therefore the value of an optimization problem over martingale couplings: maximize E∣S2−S1∣\mathbb E|S_2-S_1|E∣S2​−S1​∣. Hobson and Neuberger (Robust bounds for forward start options, 2012) studied this problem and identified the maximizing coupling through the dual problem. Beiglböck, Henry-Labordère and Penkner (arXiv:1106.5929) showed that the dual maximizers need not exist in general.

Beiglböck and Juillet (arXiv:1208.1509v2, Ann. Probab. 2016) approach martingale transport through the structure of the support of optimal plans. Their Theorem 7.3 recovers the Hobson–Neuberger optimizer for every continuous starting law μ\muμ: it is unique and splits each starting point into at most two destinations along two monotone maps.

Timeline.

  • 1965: Strassen (doi:10.1214/aoms/1177700153) shows that martingale couplings of μ,ν\mu,\nuμ,ν exist iff μ\muμ and ν\nuν are in convex order.
  • 2012: Hobson and Neuberger identify the optimizer for c=−∣y−x∣c=-|y-x|c=−∣y−x∣ via a construction of dual maximizers, under conditions on the marginals.
  • 2013: Beiglböck, Henry-Labordère and Penkner give an example where the dual maximizers do not exist.
  • 2016: Beiglböck and Juillet prove existence, uniqueness and the two-graph structure for every continuous μ\muμ, using only the primal problem and a variational lemma.

Setting

A martingale transport plan between probability measures μ,ν\mu,\nuμ,ν on R\mathbb RR with finite first moments is a probability measure π\piπ on R2\mathbb R^2R2 with first marginal μ\muμ, second marginal ν\nuν, and

∫ρ(x) (y−x) dπ(x,y)=0for every bounded Borel ρ,\int \rho(x)\,(y-x)\,d\pi(x,y)=0\qquad\text{for every bounded Borel }\rho,∫ρ(x)(y−x)dπ(x,y)=0for every bounded Borel ρ,

that is, the conditional mean of yyy given xxx is xxx. Their set is ΠM(μ,ν)\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)ΠM​(μ,ν). It is nonempty exactly when μ\muμ and ν\nuν are in convex order, μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν: ∫φ dμ≤∫φ dν\int\varphi\,d\mu\le\int\varphi\,d\nu∫φdμ≤∫φdν for every convex φ\varphiφ.

For a cost c:R2→Rc:\mathbb R^2\to\mathbb Rc:R2→R the problem is

CM(μ,ν)=inf⁡{∫c dπ: π∈ΠM(μ,ν)},C_M(\mu,\nu)=\inf\Big\{\int c\,d\pi:\ \pi\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)\Big\},CM​(μ,ν)=inf{∫cdπ: π∈ΠM​(μ,ν)},

and π\piπ is optimal if it attains this infimum. This mission concerns the Hobson–Neuberger cost c(x,y)=−∣y−x∣c(x,y)=-|y-x|c(x,y)=−∣y−x∣, so optimal plans maximize ∫∣y−x∣ dπ\int|y-x|\,d\pi∫∣y−x∣dπ. The measure μ\muμ is continuous: μ({x})=0\mu(\{x\})=0μ({x})=0 for every xxx.

For Γ⊆R2\Gamma\subseteq\mathbb R^2Γ⊆R2 write Γx={y:(x,y)∈Γ}\Gamma_x=\{y:(x,y)\in\Gamma\}Γx​={y:(x,y)∈Γ}. A competitor of a finitely supported measure α\alphaα on R2\mathbb R^2R2 is a measure α′\alpha'α′ with the same two marginals and the same conditional barycentres ∫y dαx(y)\int y\,d\alpha_x(y)∫ydαx​(y).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.3 (p. 43)

If μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν are probability measures and μ\muμ is continuous, there is a unique optimal πHN∈ΠM(μ,ν)\pi_{\mathrm{HN}}\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)πHN​∈ΠM​(μ,ν) for c(x,y)=−∣y−x∣c(x,y)=-|y-x|c(x,y)=−∣y−x∣. Moreover there are a Borel set SSS with μ(S)=1\mu(S)=1μ(S)=1 and functions T1,T2T_1,T_2T1​,T2​, nondecreasing on SSS, with

T1(x)≤x≤T2(x) (x∈S),πHN({(x,y):x∈S, y∈{T1(x),T2(x)}})=1.T_1(x)\le x\le T_2(x)\ (x\in S),\qquad \pi_{\mathrm{HN}}\big(\{(x,y):x\in S,\ y\in\{T_1(x),T_2(x)\}\}\big)=1.T1​(x)≤x≤T2​(x) (x∈S),πHN​({(x,y):x∈S, y∈{T1​(x),T2​(x)}})=1.

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Attainment (§2.1, pp. 10–11): for a lower semicontinuous, sufficiently integrable cost the infimum is attained when ΠM(μ,ν)≠∅\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)\neq\emptysetΠM​(μ,ν)=∅.
  2. Lemma 1.11 (p. 8): an optimal plan of finite cost is concentrated on a Borel Γ\GammaΓ such that no finitely supported α\alphaα on Γ\GammaΓ has a cheaper competitor.
  3. Lemma 7.5 (pp. 43–44): the sign of A−BA-BA−B, an explicit difference of absolute values, as a function of one variable.
  4. (23) (p. 44): on such a Γ\GammaΓ, for (x,y−),(x,y+),(x′,y′)∈Γ(x,y^-),(x,y^+),(x',y')\in\Gamma(x,y−),(x,y+),(x′,y′)∈Γ with y−<y′<y+y^-<y'<y^+y−<y′<y+, neither y′≤x′<xy'\le x'<xy′≤x′<x nor x<x′≤y′x<x'\le y'x<x′≤y′.
  5. Lemma 3.2 (p. 19) and the countability of {a:∣Γa∣>2}\{a:|\Gamma_a|>2\}{a:∣Γa​∣>2} (p. 45).
  6. Lemma 5.5 (p. 35): a Borel set with at most two points per fibre is the union of two Borel graphs.
  7. Monotonicity of T1,T2T_1,T_2T1​,T2​ (p. 45).
  8. Convexity of the set of optimizers (p. 45) and Lemma 5.6 (p. 36): a nonempty convex set of martingale plans each living on a set with two-point fibres is a single plan.

Significance

The result. Theorem 7.3 gives the extremal martingale coupling for the forward-start straddle in closed structural form: a plan that sends each xxx to one point below and one point above it, both chosen monotonically in xxx. Combined with the martingale constraint, this determines the transition probabilities at each xxx, so the plan, and the model-independent upper price bound, are pinned down by μ\muμ and ν\nuν. Remark 7.6 of the paper shows that continuity of μ\muμ cannot be dropped: for atomic μ\muμ uniqueness can fail.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge none of it is machine-checked. The mission produces a formal account of a support-based method (variational lemma, forbidden configurations, fibre counting, selection of Borel graphs, uniqueness from convexity). Lemma 3.2, Lemma 5.5 and Lemma 5.6 are general statements reused by the paper's other structure theorems (Corollary 1.6, Theorems 7.1, 7.4) and are of independent use.

Difficulty

The forbidden configurations (23) are pointwise statements about a set Γ\GammaΓ of full measure, while the conclusion is about functions. Passing from one to the other needs three ingredients that do not follow from (23) alone: a counting argument showing that only countably many fibres can have three or more points (this is where continuity of μ\muμ enters, through Lemma 3.2), a measurable selection of the two branches (Lemma 5.5, a Lusin–Novikov type theorem not in Mathlib), and a uniqueness argument comparing two optimizers through their average. The naive idea of reading uniqueness off from (23) directly fails: (23) constrains each optimizer separately, and two optimizers could a priori live on different pairs of graphs.

Lemma 1.11 itself rests on a duality theorem of Kellerer type for product sets and is the subject of a separate mission of this series.

Formalization scope

The Lean development works with measures on ℝ and ℝ × ℝ and their Borel σ-algebras. Integrals that may be infinite are taken in EReal through the published ModelRiskOT.Duality.extIntegral (positive minus negative part, with (+∞)−(+∞)=−∞(+\infty)-(+\infty)=-\infty(+∞)−(+∞)=−∞); the cost of a plan, CMC_MCM​, and the convex order are defined through it. ΠM(μ,ν)\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)ΠM​(μ,ν) is encoded by the paper's own characterization (4) with bounded test functions, and competitors by the same device; no disintegrations appear in the statements. Cardinalities of fibres are Set.encard, valued in N∪{∞}\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞}. Continuity of μ\muμ is the hypothesis μ({x})=0\mu(\{x\})=0μ({x})=0 for every xxx. "Concentrated on AAA" is π(Ac)=0\pi(A^c)=0π(Ac)=0.

The attainment milestone uses the finite-measure class M\mathcal MM introduced in §2.1: probability normalization is required for Lemma 1.11 and the goal, but not for attainment. The first moments of both marginals are explicit hypotheses in that milestone.

The goal states T1,T2T_1,T_2T1​,T2​ as nondecreasing on a Borel set SSS of full μ\muμ-measure, with T1≤id≤T2T_1\le\mathrm{id}\le T_2T1​≤id≤T2​ on SSS. The page writes T1,T2:R→RT_1,T_2:\mathbb R\to\mathbb RT1​,T2​:R→R nondecreasing everywhere; read literally that version fails when μ\muμ has bounded support and ν\nuν does not, and the paper's proof produces exactly the full-measure form (as in its Corollary 1.6).

Statements (23), the fibre count and the monotonicity of T1,T2T_1,T_2T1​,T2​ are stated for an arbitrary set Γ\GammaΓ with the finite-optimality property of Lemma 1.11 for c=−∣y−x∣c=-|y-x|c=−∣y−x∣, so they do not depend on a plan. A formalization proving only existence of an optimizer, or uniqueness without the two-graph structure, does not settle the goal: both parts are required.

Needed infrastructure: weak compactness of ΠM(μ,ν)\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)ΠM​(μ,ν) and lower semicontinuity of the cost functional; a Kellerer-type duality for Lemma 1.11; a Lusin–Novikov selection theorem for Lemma 5.5. Contributions to any of these, and alternative proofs of Lemma 5.6, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Beiglböck, N. Juillet, On a problem of optimal transport under marginal martingale constraints, Ann. Probab. 44(1), 42–106, 2016. arXiv:1208.1509v2, doi:10.1214/14-AOP966
  • D. Hobson, A. Neuberger, Robust bounds for forward start options, Mathematical Finance 22(1), 31–56, 2012. doi:10.1111/j.1467-9965.2010.00473.x
  • M. Beiglböck, P. Henry-Labordère, F. Penkner, Model-independent bounds for option prices — a mass transport approach, Finance Stoch. 17, 477–501, 2013. arXiv:1106.5929
  • V. Strassen, The existence of probability measures with given marginals, Ann. Math. Statist. 36, 423–439, 1965. doi:10.1214/aoms/1177700153
  • A. S. Kechris, Classical Descriptive Set Theory, Graduate Texts in Mathematics 156, Springer, 1995 (Theorem 18.11). doi:10.1007/978-1-4612-4190-4
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimal TransportProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On a Problem of Optimal Transport Under Marginal Martingale Constraints 4: For c = h(y − x) with h′ Strictly Convex the Left-Curtain Coupling Is the Unique OptimizerResearch Paper

Motivation

Martingale optimal transport asks for the cheapest way to couple two probability laws μ\muμ and ν\nuν on R\mathbb RR under the extra constraint that the coupling is the law of a one-step martingale. The problem arose in robust mathematical finance: when the prices of all call options at two maturities are observed, the marginal laws of the underlying asset at those maturities are known, and the no-arbitrage bounds on the price of a path-dependent option are the values of a martingale transport problem (Beiglböck, Henry-Labordère, Penkner 2013; Galichon, Henry-Labordère, Touzi 2014). The paper of Beiglböck and Juillet (arXiv:1208.1509v2, Ann. Probab. 44 (2016)) introduced the structural theory of the one-dimensional problem: a variational principle for optimal plans, a canonical coupling called the left-curtain coupling, and the identification of that coupling as the optimizer for a family of costs.

This mission formalizes that last identification. In classical optimal transport on the line, the monotone (quantile) coupling is the unique optimizer for every cost h(y−x)h(y-x)h(y−x) with hhh strictly convex; the result here is the martingale counterpart, with a different coupling and a different convexity condition.

Setting

Let μ,ν\mu,\nuμ,ν be Borel probability measures on R\mathbb RR with finite first moment. They are in convex order, μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν, if ∫φ dμ≤∫φ dν\int\varphi\,d\mu\le\int\varphi\,d\nu∫φdμ≤∫φdν for every convex φ:R→R\varphi:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rφ:R→R (Definition 2.1). A transport plan is a measure π\piπ on R×R\mathbb R\times\mathbb RR×R with first marginal μ\muμ and second marginal ν\nuν; it is a martingale transport plan, π∈ΠM(μ,ν)\pi\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)π∈ΠM​(μ,ν), if under π\piπ the conditional mean of yyy given xxx equals xxx, equivalently

∫ρ(x) (y−x) dπ(x,y)=0for every bounded Borel ρ.\int\rho(x)\,(y-x)\,d\pi(x,y)=0\quad\text{for every bounded Borel }\rho .∫ρ(x)(y−x)dπ(x,y)=0for every bounded Borel ρ.

Strassen's theorem says ΠM(μ,ν)≠∅\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)\ne\emptysetΠM​(μ,ν)=∅ exactly when μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν.

A cost is a function c:R2→Rc:\mathbb R^2\to\mathbb Rc:R2→R. It satisfies the sufficient integrability condition if c(x,y)≥a(x)+b(y)c(x,y)\ge a(x)+b(y)c(x,y)≥a(x)+b(y) for all x,yx,yx,y with a∈L1(μ)a\in L^1(\mu)a∈L1(μ), b∈L1(ν)b\in L^1(\nu)b∈L1(ν); then ∫c dπ∈(−∞,+∞]\int c\,d\pi\in(-\infty,+\infty]∫cdπ∈(−∞,+∞] is well defined for every plan. The martingale transport problem is

CM(μ,ν)=inf⁡π∈ΠM(μ,ν)∫c dπ,C_M(\mu,\nu)=\inf_{\pi\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)}\int c\,d\pi ,CM​(μ,ν)=π∈ΠM​(μ,ν)inf​∫cdπ,

and a plan attaining the infimum is optimal.

A plan π\piπ is (left-)monotone (Definition 1.4) if it is concentrated on a Borel set Γ\GammaΓ containing no three points (x,y−),(x,y+),(x′,y′)(x,y^-),(x,y^+),(x',y')(x,y−),(x,y+),(x′,y′) with x<x′x<x'x<x′ and y−<y′<y+y^-<y'<y^+y−<y′<y+. For a finite measure η≤μ\eta\le\muη≤μ, its shadow Sν(η)S^\nu(\eta)Sν(η) is the least measure in the convex order among the measures η′≤ν\eta'\le\nuη′≤ν with η⪯Cη′\eta\preceq_C\eta'η⪯C​η′ (Lemma 4.6). The left-curtain coupling πlc\pi_{lc}πlc​ is the plan that transports μ∣]−∞,x]\mu|_{]-\infty,x]}μ∣]−∞,x]​ onto Sν(μ∣]−∞,x])S^\nu(\mu|_{]-\infty,x]})Sν(μ∣]−∞,x]​) for every xxx (Theorem 4.18); writing νtπ\nu^\pi_tνtπ​ for the second marginal of π∣]−∞,t]×R\pi|_{]-\infty,t]\times\mathbb R}π∣]−∞,t]×R​, this says νtπlc=Sν(μ∣]−∞,t])\nu^{\pi_{lc}}_t=S^\nu(\mu|_{]-\infty,t]})νtπlc​​=Sν(μ∣]−∞,t]​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.7 (= Theorem 6.1)

Let μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν be probability measures, let h:R→Rh:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rh:R→R be differentiable with strictly convex derivative h′h'h′, let c(x,y)=h(y−x)c(x,y)=h(y-x)c(x,y)=h(y−x) satisfy the sufficient integrability condition, and assume CM(μ,ν)<∞C_M(\mu,\nu)<\inftyCM​(μ,ν)<∞. Then

πlc is optimal, and every optimal π∈ΠM(μ,ν) equals πlc.\pi_{lc}\ \text{is optimal, and every optimal}\ \pi\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)\ \text{equals}\ \pi_{lc}.πlc​ is optimal, and every optimal π∈ΠM​(μ,ν) equals πlc​.

Milestones

  1. Attainment (§2.1): for a lower semicontinuous cost with the integrability condition, the infimum CM(μ,ν)C_M(\mu,\nu)CM​(μ,ν) is attained whenever ΠM(μ,ν)≠∅\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)\ne\emptysetΠM​(μ,ν)=∅.
  2. Lemma 1.11 (variational lemma): an optimal plan of finite cost is concentrated on a Borel Γ\GammaΓ such that no finitely supported α\alphaα with support in Γ\GammaΓ has a strictly cheaper competitor (same marginals, same conditional barycentres).
  3. The rerouting (proof of Theorem 6.1): for λy++(1−λ)y−=y′\lambda y^+ + (1-\lambda)y^- = y'λy++(1−λ)y−=y′, the measure α′\alpha'α′ with masses 1−λ,λ,11-\lambda,\lambda,11−λ,λ,1 at (x′,y−),(x′,y+),(x,y′)(x',y^-),(x',y^+),(x,y')(x′,y−),(x′,y+),(x,y′) is a competitor of α\alphaα with masses λ,1−λ,1\lambda,1-\lambda,1λ,1−λ,1 at (x,y+),(x,y−),(x′,y′)(x,y^+),(x,y^-),(x',y')(x,y+),(x,y−),(x′,y′).
  4. Display (15): d(t)=λh(y+−t)+(1−λ)h(y−−t)−h(y′−t)d(t)=\lambda h(y^+-t)+(1-\lambda)h(y^--t)-h(y'-t)d(t)=λh(y+−t)+(1−λ)h(y−−t)−h(y′−t) is strictly decreasing.
  5. The rerouting is strictly cheaper: for x<x′x<x'x<x′,
λc(x,y+)+(1−λ)c(x,y−)+c(x′,y′)>λc(x′,y+)+(1−λ)c(x′,y−)+c(x,y′).\lambda c(x,y^+)+(1-\lambda)c(x,y^-)+c(x',y')>\lambda c(x',y^+)+(1-\lambda)c(x',y^-)+c(x,y').λc(x,y+)+(1−λ)c(x,y−)+c(x′,y′)>λc(x′,y+)+(1−λ)c(x′,y−)+c(x,y′).
  1. Every finite optimizer is monotone.
  2. Theorem 4.18: πlc\pi_{lc}πlc​ exists, is unique and lies in ΠM(μ,ν)\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)ΠM​(μ,ν).
  3. Theorem 5.3: a monotone martingale transport plan is the left-curtain coupling of its marginals.
  4. Theorem 1.9 (companion): under the goal's hypotheses, for π∈ΠM(μ,ν)\pi\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)π∈ΠM​(μ,ν), "monotone", "optimal" and "νtπ⪯Cνtπ′\nu^\pi_t\preceq_C\nu^{\pi'}_tνtπ​⪯C​νtπ′​ for all π′∈ΠM(μ,ν)\pi'\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)π′∈ΠM​(μ,ν) and ttt" are equivalent.

Significance

The theorem shows that, for every cost h(y−x)h(y-x)h(y−x) with h′h'h′ strictly convex (for instance h=exp⁡h=\exph=exp), the martingale transport problem has the same optimizer, determined by μ\muμ and ν\nuν alone. In the financial reading, the model-independent bound on the price of the corresponding forward-start payoff is attained by one explicit martingale, the same for the whole family. Remark 6.2 of the paper derives from it that πlc\pi_{lc}πlc​ also minimizes the essential supremum of y−xy-xy−x. Theorem 1.9 packages the result as an equivalence of a geometric property (monotonicity), an optimality property and an order property of the curtain; later work on the left-curtain coupling, its explicit construction, and its extensions to higher dimensions and to multiple marginals takes these characterizations as its starting point.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as is known, none of it is formalized: Mathlib has the convex order neither for finite measures nor in the form used here, no martingale couplings, and no theory of shadows. The mission produces the statement layer (convex order on finite measures, martingale plans, extended-real costs, shadows, left-monotone plans, competitors) and asks for a machine-checked proof of the goal and of each milestone. The real-variable milestones (displays around (15)) are self-contained and elementary; the measure-theoretic ones carry the weight.

Difficulty

Optimality is a global property of a measure on R2\mathbb R^2R2, while monotonicity is a pointwise property of its support. Passing from the first to the second requires the variational lemma, whose proof uses a duality theorem for measures with prescribed marginal bounds and a measurable-selection argument; a direct perturbation of π\piπ along a single bad triple fails because a triple of points carries no mass. The second obstacle is uniqueness of the monotone plan (Theorem 5.3), which needs the shadow construction and the associativity of shadows; monotonicity alone does not visibly pin down the plan. Existence of an optimizer needs weak compactness of ΠM(μ,ν)\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)ΠM​(μ,ν), which is not immediate because the martingale condition is tested against bounded measurable, not continuous, functions.

Formalization scope

All measures are Borel measures on R\mathbb RR and R×R\mathbb R\times\mathbb RR×R; μ,ν\mu,\nuμ,ν in the goal are probability measures. Convex order requires finite mass and finite first moment of both sides. Integrals that may be infinite (∫c dπ\int c\,d\pi∫cdπ, ∫φ dμ\int\varphi\,d\mu∫φdμ for convex φ\varphiφ) are computed in the extended reals as ∫f+−∫f−\int f^+-\int f^-∫f+−∫f− (the published ModelRiskOT.Duality.extIntegral), never as Bochner integrals. ΠM\Pi_MΠM​ is encoded by the test-function condition displayed above (the paper's (4)). Shadows and the left-curtain coupling are predicates (IsShadow, IsLeftCurtain); their existence and uniqueness are theorems, and the goal asserts them rather than assuming them. Strict convexity of h′h'h′ is strict convexity of deriv h on R\mathbb RR, with hhh differentiable everywhere. Finiteness of costs is CM(μ,ν)<+∞C_M(\mu,\nu)<+\inftyCM​(μ,ν)<+∞, which is the same as the existence of a martingale plan of finite cost (Theorem 6.1's wording).

A formalization that assumes an optimizer exists, or that asserts uniqueness only among left-curtain plans, is trivial and is not the goal: the statement asserts a plan with the left-curtain property, its optimality, and that every optimal plan equals it.

The development needs: weak compactness of plan sets on R2\mathbb R^2R2; lower semicontinuity of extended-real cost functionals; the variational lemma (shared with the companion mission on Lemma 1.11); shadows and their order properties; and the uniqueness of monotone martingale plans. The shadow theory and the variational lemma are reusable across the whole series on this paper. Contributions on any milestone are welcome, including proofs of the elementary displays (15) and the rerouting inequality.

Selected references

  • M. Beiglböck, N. Juillet, On a problem of optimal transport under marginal martingale constraints, Ann. Probab. 44(1), 42–106, 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1208.1509v2
  • M. Beiglböck, P. Henry-Labordère, F. Penkner, Model-independent bounds for option prices: a mass transport approach, Finance Stoch. 17, 477–501, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00780-013-0205-8
  • A. Galichon, P. Henry-Labordère, N. Touzi, A stochastic control approach to no-arbitrage bounds given marginals, with an application to lookback options, Ann. Appl. Probab. 24(1), 312–336, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1214/13-AAP925
  • V. Strassen, The existence of probability measures with given marginals, Ann. Math. Statist. 36, 423–439, 1965. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177700153
  • C. Villani, Optimal Transport: Old and New, Springer, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-71050-9
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimal TransportProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On a Problem of Optimal Transport Under Marginal Martingale Constraints 8: If Affine Lines Meet h′ in at Most k Points, Optimal Plans Split Each Non-Atom Into at Most k PointsResearch Paper

Motivation

Martingale optimal transport asks for the cheapest way to couple two given laws μ\muμ and ν\nuν of a price at two dates under the constraint that the coupling is a martingale: the conditional mean of the later price given the earlier one equals the earlier one. It is the model-independent pricing problem of mathematical finance: given the marginal laws implied by vanilla option prices, the extreme values of E[c(X,Y)]E[c(X,Y)]E[c(X,Y)] over all martingale couplings bound the price of the exotic payoff ccc (Beiglböck, Henry-Labordère, Penkner 2013; Galichon, Henry-Labordère, Touzi 2014). In the classical (non-martingale) transport problem, the shape of the cost determines the shape of the optimal coupling: for strictly convex costs of y−xy-xy−x on the line the optimizer is a monotone map. The question this mission addresses is the martingale analogue: how much can an optimal martingale coupling split a single starting point, as a function of the cost?

Beiglböck and Juillet (arXiv:1208.1509, Ann. Probab. 2016) introduced the variational lemma for this problem and used it to prove, among other results, that the left-curtain coupling is optimal for a family of costs and that, for costs h(y−x)h(y-x)h(y−x), the number of points into which an optimal plan sends a non-atom of μ\muμ is bounded by a geometric property of h′h'h′ alone (their Theorem 7.1). This mission formalizes that bound.

Setting

All measures are Borel measures on R\mathbb RR or R2\mathbb R^2R2. A martingale transport plan between probability measures μ,ν\mu,\nuμ,ν on R\mathbb RR is a measure π\piπ on R×R\mathbb R\times\mathbb RR×R with marginals μ\muμ and ν\nuν such that ∫ρ(x)(y−x) dπ(x,y)=0\int\rho(x)(y-x)\,d\pi(x,y)=0∫ρ(x)(y−x)dπ(x,y)=0 for every bounded Borel ρ\rhoρ; equivalently, the disintegration (πx)(\pi_x)(πx​) of π\piπ along its first coordinate satisfies ∫y dπx(y)=x\int y\,d\pi_x(y)=x∫ydπx​(y)=x for μ\muμ-almost every xxx. The set of such plans is ΠM(μ,ν)\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)ΠM​(μ,ν); it is nonempty exactly when μ\muμ and ν\nuν are in convex order, μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν, meaning ∫φ dμ≤∫φ dν\int\varphi\,d\mu\le\int\varphi\,d\nu∫φdμ≤∫φdν for every convex φ\varphiφ.

A cost is a function c:R2→Rc:\mathbb R^2\to\mathbb Rc:R2→R. It satisfies the sufficient integrability condition if c(x,y)≥a(x)+b(y)c(x,y)\ge a(x)+b(y)c(x,y)≥a(x)+b(y) for some a∈L1(μ)a\in L^1(\mu)a∈L1(μ), b∈L1(ν)b\in L^1(\nu)b∈L1(ν); then Eπ[c]=∫c dπ∈(−∞,+∞]E_\pi[c]=\int c\,d\pi\in(-\infty,+\infty]Eπ​[c]=∫cdπ∈(−∞,+∞] is well defined for every plan. A plan π∈ΠM(μ,ν)\pi\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)π∈ΠM​(μ,ν) is optimal if Eπ[c]≤Eπ′[c]E_\pi[c]\le E_{\pi'}[c]Eπ​[c]≤Eπ′​[c] for every π′∈ΠM(μ,ν)\pi'\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)π′∈ΠM​(μ,ν).

A competitor of a finitely supported measure α\alphaα on R2\mathbb R^2R2 is a measure α′\alpha'α′ with the same two marginals and the same conditional barycentres ∫y dαx(y)\int y\,d\alpha_x(y)∫ydαx​(y). For a set Γ⊆R2\Gamma\subseteq\mathbb R^2Γ⊆R2, Γx={y:(x,y)∈Γ}\Gamma_x=\{y:(x,y)\in\Gamma\}Γx​={y:(x,y)∈Γ} is its fibre over xxx.

This mission concerns costs of the form c(x,y)=h(y−x)c(x,y)=h(y-x)c(x,y)=h(y−x) with h:R→Rh:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rh:R→R twice continuously differentiable, and the hypothesis that affine functions meet h′h'h′ in at most kkk points: for all s,t∈Rs,t\in\mathbb Rs,t∈R, ∣{x:h′(x)=sx+t}∣≤k|\{x:h'(x)=sx+t\}|\le k∣{x:h′(x)=sx+t}∣≤k. For instance h(t)=t4h(t)=t^4h(t)=t4 satisfies it with k=3k=3k=3.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.1 (p. 38)

Under the hypotheses above, with π\piπ an optimal martingale plan of finite cost, there is a disintegration (πx)x∈R(\pi_x)_{x\in\mathbb R}(πx​)x∈R​ of π\piπ such that for every x∈Rx\in\mathbb Rx∈R

μ({x})>0orcard⁡(spt⁡πx)≤k,\mu(\{x\})>0\qquad\text{or}\qquad\operatorname{card}(\operatorname{spt}\pi_x)\le k,μ({x})>0orcard(sptπx​)≤k,

and if μ\muμ has no atoms, card⁡(spt⁡πx)≤k\operatorname{card}(\operatorname{spt}\pi_x)\le kcard(sptπx​)≤k holds μ\muμ-almost surely for every disintegration of π\piπ.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1.11 (variational lemma, p. 8): an optimal plan of finite cost is concentrated on a Borel set Γ\GammaΓ such that no finitely supported α\alphaα with spt⁡α⊆Γ\operatorname{spt}\alpha\subseteq\Gammasptα⊆Γ has a strictly cheaper competitor.
  2. Lemma 3.2 (p. 19): if uncountably many fibres Γa\Gamma_aΓa​ have at least kkk points, some (a,b1<⋯<bk)(a,b_1<\dots<b_k)(a,b1​<⋯<bk​) is a limit of such configurations from the right and from the left.
  3. An interior point off the chord (proof of Theorem 7.1, p. 39): for b0<⋯<bkb_0<\dots<b_kb0​<⋯<bk​, some interior bib_ibi​ has h′(bi−a)h'(b_i-a)h′(bi​−a) off the chord of h′(⋅−a)h'(\cdot-a)h′(⋅−a) through b0,bkb_0,b_kb0​,bk​.
  4. The local sign (p. 39): near such (a,bi)(a,b_i)(a,bi​), the cost difference (17) − (18) of a three-point rerouting is nonzero with sign fixed by a−a′a-a'a−a′.
  5. Countably many exceptional points (pp. 38–39): on such a Γ\GammaΓ, only countably many continuity points xxx of μ\muμ have ∣Γx∣≥k+1|\Gamma_x|\ge k+1∣Γx​∣≥k+1.

Significance

The result itself. Theorem 7.1 converts a one-dimensional condition on h′h'h′ into a sparsity statement for every optimal martingale coupling: non-atoms of μ\muμ are sent to at most kkk points. For h(t)=t4h(t)=t^4h(t)=t4 this gives at most three points, and Section 7.3 of the paper gives an example with continuous μ\muμ where the optimizer splits into more than two points, so for this cost the bound cannot be lowered to two. For costs where h′h'h′ is strictly convex (so k=2k=2k=2), it gives the two-point structure also enjoyed by the left-curtain coupling, which is optimal for those costs (Theorem 1.9). Such support bounds are what make the optimizers computable and the corresponding robust price bounds explicit.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; to our knowledge none of it is formalized. A formal proof requires machine-checked versions of the variational lemma (itself resting on a duality theorem of Kellerer type), the countability argument of Lemma 3.2, and the real-analysis estimate behind the three-point rerouting. Each of these is reusable: Lemma 1.11 drives every structural result of the paper, and Lemma 3.2 is used again for the left-monotonicity theorems.

Difficulty

The natural first attempt is to argue pointwise: if a fibre Γa\Gamma_aΓa​ has k+1k+1k+1 points, reroute mass within that fibre to lower the cost. This fails, because a competitor must preserve the barycentre of each fibre, and within a single fibre no rerouting both preserves the barycentre and the marginals. Any improvement must move mass between two different starting points aaa and a′a'a′, and this requires the two fibres to be close to each other and arranged consistently, which a single fibre cannot guarantee. Producing such pairs of fibres needs uncountably many exceptional points (Lemma 3.2) and the set Γ\GammaΓ of the variational lemma, whose existence is the deep part (it rests on a duality theorem for measures with given marginals). A second difficulty is that the conclusion is required at every non-atom xxx, not only almost everywhere, so the exceptional set must be controlled exactly.

Formalization scope

Lean represents measures with Mathlib's Measure ℝ and Measure (ℝ × ℝ). ΠM\Pi_MΠM​ is encoded through the test-function characterization ∫ρ(x)(y−x) dπ=0\int\rho(x)(y-x)\,d\pi=0∫ρ(x)(y−x)dπ=0 for bounded Borel ρ\rhoρ; costs are extended-real integrals ∫c+−∫c−∈[−∞,+∞]\int c^+-\int c^-\in[-\infty,+\infty]∫c+−∫c−∈[−∞,+∞] (the published ModelRiskOT.Duality.extIntegral); competitors of a finitely supported α=∑s∈Swsδs\alpha=\sum_{s\in S}w_s\delta_sα=∑s∈S​ws​δs​ are encoded through the same test-function device. A disintegration is a Markov kernel κ\kappaκ with π=μ⊗κ\pi=\mu\otimes\kappaπ=μ⊗κ, and card⁡(spt⁡πx)≤k\operatorname{card}(\operatorname{spt}\pi_x)\le kcard(sptπx​)≤k is written as "κ(x)\kappa(x)κ(x) is concentrated on a set of at most kkk points", which is equivalent for probability measures on R\mathbb RR. Cardinalities take values in N∪{∞}\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞}; h′h'h′ is deriv h.

Standing and added hypotheses of the goal: μ,ν\mu,\nuμ,ν are probability measures in convex order; "optimal transport plan" means optimal martingale plan, as throughout Section 7; and, because the proof starts from Lemma 1.11, the hypotheses of that lemma are added: the sufficient integrability condition for ccc and finite cost of π\piπ. "Continuous μ\muμ" is μ({x})=0\mu(\{x\})=0μ({x})=0 for every xxx.

The conclusion is not trivialized: the first part holds for every xxx with a single chosen kernel, not almost everywhere, and the second part quantifies over all kernels, not one. The hypotheses are jointly satisfiable (for example h(t)=t4h(t)=t^4h(t)=t4, k=3k=3k=3, μ=ν=δ0\mu=\nu=\delta_0μ=ν=δ0​).

A complete development needs disintegration of measures on R2\mathbb R^2R2 (available in Mathlib as condKernel), the variational lemma with its duality ingredient, and elementary real analysis. Contributions to the variational lemma are reusable across the whole series of missions on this paper.

Selected references

  • M. Beiglböck, N. Juillet, On a problem of optimal transport under marginal martingale constraints, Ann. Probab. 44(1), 42–106, 2016. arXiv:1208.1509
  • M. Beiglböck, P. Henry-Labordère, F. Penkner, Model-independent bounds for option prices — a mass transport approach, Finance Stoch. 17, 477–501, 2013. doi:10.1007/s00780-013-0205-8
  • A. Galichon, P. Henry-Labordère, N. Touzi, A stochastic control approach to no-arbitrage bounds given marginals, with an application to lookback options, Ann. Appl. Probab. 24(1), 312–336, 2014. doi:10.1214/13-AAP925
  • M. Beiglböck, M. Goldstern, G. Maresch, W. Schachermayer, Optimal and better transport plans, J. Funct. Anal. 256(6), 1907–1927, 2009. doi:10.1016/j.jfa.2009.01.013
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationDynamical SystemsFunctional Analysis+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Tikhonov Regularization of a Second Order Dynamical System with Hessian Driven Damping 1: For α > 3 and ∫ tε(t) dt < +∞ the Trajectory Converges Weakly to a Minimizer of gResearch Paper

Motivation

Minimizing a convex function ggg on a real Hilbert space H\mathcal HH by first-order methods has a continuous-time counterpart: second-order differential equations whose trajectories descend ggg. Su, Boyd and Candès (20) showed that Nesterov's accelerated gradient method is a discretization of x¨+αtx˙+∇g(x)=0\ddot x+\frac{\alpha}{t}\dot x+\nabla g(x)=0x¨+tα​x˙+∇g(x)=0 with α=3\alpha=3α=3, along which g(x(t))−min⁡g=O(1/t2)g(x(t))-\min g=O(1/t^2)g(x(t))−ming=O(1/t2). Two modifications of this equation have been studied separately because each adds a property the plain system lacks.

  • A Hessian-driven damping term β∇2g(x(t))x˙(t)\beta\nabla^2g(x(t))\dot x(t)β∇2g(x(t))x˙(t) (Attouch, Peypouquet, Redont, J. Differential Equations 2016) damps oscillations and, for β>0\beta>0β>0, makes t2∥∇g(x(t))∥2t^2\|\nabla g(x(t))\|^2t2∥∇g(x(t))∥2 integrable, while keeping fast values and weak convergence of trajectories.
  • A Tikhonov regularization term ϵ(t)x(t)\epsilon(t)x(t)ϵ(t)x(t) with ϵ(t)↓0\epsilon(t)\downarrow0ϵ(t)↓0 (Attouch, Chbani, Riahi, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 2018) can steer trajectories to the minimum-norm minimizer.

Boţ, Csetnek and László (arXiv:1911.12845v2, 2020) combine both terms and ask which properties of the two parent systems survive. This mission covers the first of their answers: when ϵ\epsilonϵ decays fast enough, the fast rates and the weak convergence of trajectories are preserved.

Timeline. 2016 (published 2018): weak convergence of trajectories of x¨+αtx˙+∇g(x)=0\ddot x+\frac\alpha t\dot x+\nabla g(x)=0x¨+tα​x˙+∇g(x)=0 for α>3\alpha>3α>3 (Attouch, Chbani, Peypouquet, Redont, Math. Program. 168). 2016: the same with Hessian-driven damping, β>0\beta>0β>0 (Attouch, Peypouquet, Redont). 2018: Tikhonov regularization of that system, with the O(1/t2)O(1/t^2)O(1/t2) rate kept and strong convergence to the minimum-norm minimizer under slow decay of ϵ\epsilonϵ (Attouch, Chbani, Riahi). 2020: both terms together (Boţ, Csetnek, László, this paper).

Setting

Fix a real Hilbert space H\mathcal HH, a starting time t0>0t_0>0t0​>0, parameters α≥3\alpha\ge3α≥3 and β≥0\beta\ge0β≥0, and initial data u0,v0∈Hu_0,v_0\in\mathcal Hu0​,v0​∈H. The General assumption of the paper is:

  • g:H→Rg:\mathcal H\to\mathbb Rg:H→R is convex and twice Fréchet differentiable, ∇g\nabla g∇g is Lipschitz continuous on bounded sets, and argmin⁡g≠∅\operatorname{argmin} g\ne\emptysetargming=∅; min⁡g\min gming denotes its minimal value;
  • ϵ:[t0,+∞)→[0,+∞)\epsilon:[t_0,+\infty)\to[0,+\infty)ϵ:[t0​,+∞)→[0,+∞) is nonincreasing, of class C1C^1C1, and ϵ(t)→0\epsilon(t)\to0ϵ(t)→0 as t→+∞t\to+\inftyt→+∞.

The dynamical system is

x¨(t)+αtx˙(t)+β∇2g(x(t))x˙(t)+∇g(x(t))+ϵ(t)x(t)=0,t≥t0,x(t0)=u0, x˙(t0)=v0.(5)\ddot x(t)+\frac{\alpha}{t}\dot x(t)+\beta\nabla^2g(x(t))\dot x(t)+\nabla g(x(t))+\epsilon(t)x(t)=0,\quad t\ge t_0,\quad x(t_0)=u_0,\ \dot x(t_0)=v_0. \tag{5}x¨(t)+tα​x˙(t)+β∇2g(x(t))x˙(t)+∇g(x(t))+ϵ(t)x(t)=0,t≥t0​,x(t0​)=u0​, x˙(t0​)=v0​.(5)

A global C2C^2C2-solution is a twice continuously differentiable x:[t0,+∞)→Hx:[t_0,+\infty)\to\mathcal Hx:[t0​,+∞)→H satisfying (5) for every t≥t0t\ge t_0t≥t0​. The decay of ϵ\epsilonϵ is controlled by ∫t0+∞tϵ(t) dt<+∞\int_{t_0}^{+\infty}t\epsilon(t)\,dt<+\infty∫t0​+∞​tϵ(t)dt<+∞ together with one of two conditions:

  • (a) there exist a>1a>1a>1 and t1≥t0t_1\ge t_0t1​≥t0​ with ϵ˙(t)≤−aβ2ϵ2(t)\dot\epsilon(t)\le-\frac{a\beta}{2}\epsilon^2(t)ϵ˙(t)≤−2aβ​ϵ2(t) for all t≥t1t\ge t_1t≥t1​;
  • (b) there exist a>0a>0a>0 and t1≥t0t_1\ge t_0t1​≥t0​ with ϵ(t)≤at\epsilon(t)\le\frac atϵ(t)≤ta​ for all t≥t1t\ge t_1t≥t1​.

A curve x(t)x(t)x(t) converges weakly to xˉ\bar xxˉ if ⟨x(t),v⟩→⟨xˉ,v⟩\langle x(t),v\rangle\to\langle\bar x,v\rangle⟨x(t),v⟩→⟨xˉ,v⟩ for every v∈Hv\in\mathcal Hv∈H. The Lean development lives in the namespace TikhonovHDD.Weak, with IsSolution, GenAssumptionG, GenAssumptionEps, CondA, CondB, argmin, minVal and WeakTendstoAtTop for these objects.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.5 (p. 15)

Under the General assumption, ∫t0+∞tϵ(t) dt<+∞\int_{t_0}^{+\infty}t\epsilon(t)\,dt<+\infty∫t0​+∞​tϵ(t)dt<+∞ and (a) or (b), if α>3\alpha>3α>3 then every global C2C^2C2-solution of (5) satisfies

∃ xˉ∈argmin⁡g:x(t)⇀xˉ(t→+∞).\exists\,\bar x\in\operatorname{argmin} g:\qquad x(t)\rightharpoonup\bar x\quad(t\to+\infty).∃xˉ∈argming:x(t)⇀xˉ(t→+∞).

Milestones

In the order the argument uses them:

  1. Theorem 2.1 (p. 4): existence and uniqueness of a global C2C^2C2-solution of (5).
  2. Lemma A.2 (p. 29): a bounded-below, locally absolutely continuous FFF with F˙≤G∈L1\dot F\le G\in L^1F˙≤G∈L1 a.e. has a finite limit.
  3. Theorem 3.3 (p. 11), split three ways: for α≥3\alpha\ge3α≥3, g(x(t))−min⁡g=O(1/t2)g(x(t))-\min g=O(1/t^2)g(x(t))−ming=O(1/t2); for α>3\alpha>3α>3, xxx is bounded and t(g(x(t))−min⁡g)t(g(x(t))-\min g)t(g(x(t))−ming), t∥x˙∥2t\|\dot x\|^2t∥x˙∥2, tϵ∥x−x∗∥2t\epsilon\|x-x^*\|^2tϵ∥x−x∗∥2, tϵ∥x∥2∈L1t\epsilon\|x\|^2\in L^1tϵ∥x∥2∈L1; and separately t2∥∇g(x(t))∥2∈L1t^2\|\nabla g(x(t))\|^2\in L^1t2∥∇g(x(t))∥2∈L1.
  4. Lemma A.3 (p. 30): u(t)+tαu˙(t)→uˉu(t)+\frac t\alpha\dot u(t)\to\bar uu(t)+αt​u˙(t)→uˉ with α>0\alpha>0α>0 implies u(t)→uˉu(t)\to\bar uu(t)→uˉ.
  5. Theorem 3.4 (p. 12): for α>3\alpha>3α>3 and every x∗∈argmin⁡gx^*\in\operatorname{argmin} gx∗∈argming, t⟨∇g(x),x−x∗⟩∈L1t\langle\nabla g(x),x-x^*\rangle\in L^1t⟨∇g(x),x−x∗⟩∈L1, lim⁡∥x(t)−x∗∥\lim\|x(t)-x^*\|lim∥x(t)−x∗∥ and lim⁡t⟨x˙+β∇g(x),x−x∗⟩\lim t\langle\dot x+\beta\nabla g(x),x-x^*\ranglelimt⟨x˙+β∇g(x),x−x∗⟩ exist, g(x(t))−min⁡g=o(1/t2)g(x(t))-\min g=o(1/t^2)g(x(t))−ming=o(1/t2), ∥x˙+β∇g(x)∥=o(1/t)\|\dot x+\beta\nabla g(x)\|=o(1/t)∥x˙+β∇g(x)∥=o(1/t), and t2ϵ(t)∥x(t)∥2→0t^2\epsilon(t)\|x(t)\|^2\to0t2ϵ(t)∥x(t)∥2→0.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.5 shows that the Tikhonov term, when it decays at least as fast as ∫tϵ<∞\int t\epsilon<\infty∫tϵ<∞ requires, does not disturb the asymptotics of the Hessian-damped system: values converge at rate o(1/t2)o(1/t^2)o(1/t2) and trajectories converge weakly to a minimizer. With β=0\beta=0β=0 it recovers the corresponding results for the regularized system without Hessian damping, and with ϵ≡0\epsilon\equiv0ϵ≡0 those for the Hessian-damped system. It is also the boundary case of the paper's second half, where slower decay of ϵ\epsilonϵ is shown to give strong convergence to the minimum-norm minimizer instead.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper; none of them is machine-checked. A formal development would produce reusable pieces: a Lyapunov-energy analysis of second-order systems with time-dependent coefficients, the asymptotic Lemmas A.2 and A.3, and the bridge from "the distance to every minimizer converges and weak cluster points are minimizers" to weak convergence of a curve (the continuous Opial lemma).

Difficulty

The obvious approach, a single Lyapunov function that decreases along trajectories, fails here: the Tikhonov term makes the natural energy Eb\mathcal E_bEb​ only almost nonincreasing, with an error ∝tϵ(t)∥x∗∥2\propto t\epsilon(t)\|x^*\|^2∝tϵ(t)∥x∗∥2 that must be integrated, and the Hessian term produces a cross term −βϵ(t)t2⟨∇g(x),x⟩-\beta\epsilon(t)t^2\langle\nabla g(x),x\rangle−βϵ(t)t2⟨∇g(x),x⟩ that is controlled only by condition (a) or (b). The step from O(1/t2)O(1/t^2)O(1/t2) to o(1/t2)o(1/t^2)o(1/t2) and to the existence of lim⁡∥x(t)−x∗∥\lim\|x(t)-x^*\|lim∥x(t)−x∗∥ cannot be read off a single bounded energy: boundedness of Eb\mathcal E_bEb​ gives rates in OOO, not in ooo, and says nothing directly about ∥x(t)−x∗∥\|x(t)-x^*\|∥x(t)−x∗∥. Weak convergence then requires Opial's lemma, which is not in Mathlib in continuous form. Existence of solutions is itself nontrivial in infinite dimension: the right-hand side involves ∇2g\nabla^2g∇2g, so the system has to be rewritten as a first-order system before the Cauchy–Lipschitz theorem applies.

Formalization scope

  • H\mathcal HH is any real Hilbert space (InnerProductSpace ℝ H, CompleteSpace H); nothing is finite-dimensional, so weak convergence is genuinely weaker than norm convergence. It is stated through inner products with every v∈Hv\in\mathcal Hv∈H; stating it as norm convergence, or testing only some vvv, would change the theorem.
  • Trajectories are maps R→H\mathbb R\to\mathcal HR→H with velocity and acceleration maps; derivatives are one-sided at t0t_0t0​ and values before t0t_0t0​ play no role. Every theorem is stated for every C2C^2C2-solution; Theorem 2.1 shows this class is a singleton, so the hypothesis is not vacuous. A sorry-free check that the hypotheses of the goal can be met (g=0g=0g=0, ϵ=0\epsilon=0ϵ=0, x=0x=0x=0) accompanies the drafts.
  • ∇2g(x)v\nabla^2g(x)v∇2g(x)v is the derivative of ∇g\nabla g∇g at xxx applied to vvv; ϵ˙\dot\epsilonϵ˙ is a derivative map tied to ϵ\epsilonϵ on [t0,+∞)[t_0,+\infty)[t0​,+∞); min⁡g=inf⁡g\min g=\inf gming=infg, attained since argmin⁡g≠∅\operatorname{argmin} g\ne\emptysetargming=∅; L1L^1L1 membership is Lebesgue integrability on [t0,+∞)[t_0,+\infty)[t0​,+∞) (never a comparison of a Bochner integral with a number); OOO, ooo are Asymptotics relations at +∞+\infty+∞.
  • Repair. Theorem 2.1 carries the extra hypothesis "β=0\beta=0β=0 or g∈C2g\in C^2g∈C2". As printed (only twice differentiable ggg) it is false for β>0\beta>0β>0: on R\mathbb RR, g′(x)=2x+x2sin⁡(1/x)g'(x)=2x+x^2\sin(1/x)g′(x)=2x+x2sin(1/x) gives a strongly convex ggg with bounded but discontinuous g′′g''g′′, and the solution from u0=0u_0=0u0​=0, v0=1v_0=1v0​=1 is not C2C^2C2. The paper's own proof uses continuity of ∇2g\nabla^2 g∇2g.
  • Flagged, not repaired. The last claim of Theorem 3.3, t2∥∇g(x(t))∥2∈L1t^2\|\nabla g(x(t))\|^2\in L^1t2∥∇g(x(t))∥2∈L1, is its own item: the paper's argument for it uses a term proportional to β\betaβ, so for β=0\beta=0β=0 the paper gives no proof. No counterexample is known, and the statement is drafted as printed.
  • Referenced, not re-posed. Lemma A.4 (continuous Opial lemma, p. 30), the last step of the goal's proof, is the published InertialAVD.Traj.lemma_A_2 (same hypotheses: SSS nonempty, lim⁡∥x(t)−z∥\lim\|x(t)-z\|lim∥x(t)−z∥ exists for every z∈Sz\in Sz∈S, every weak sequential limit point lies in SSS; same conclusion). It is a reference milestone of this mission; its weak convergence InertialAVD.Traj.WeakTendstoAtTop has the same body as TikhonovHDD.Weak.WeakTendstoAtTop.
  • The model is defined from scratch: the published HessianDamping.DINAVD.Setting concerns a different equation (no ϵx\epsilon xϵx term) and is not reused.
  • Welcome contributions: a general Cauchy–Lipschitz existence theorem for locally Lipschitz first-order systems in Banach spaces on [t0,+∞)[t_0,+\infty)[t0​,+∞) with a blow-up alternative, the continuous Opial lemma, and Lemma A.2 for absolutely continuous functions.

Selected references

  • R.I. Boţ, E.R. Csetnek, S.C. László, Tikhonov regularization of a second order dynamical system with Hessian driven damping, arXiv:1911.12845v2, 2020; published in Math. Program., https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-020-01528-8. https://arxiv.org/abs/1911.12845v2
  • H. Attouch, J. Peypouquet, P. Redont, Fast convex optimization via inertial dynamics with Hessian driven damping, J. Differential Equations 261(10), 5734–5783, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jde.2016.08.020
  • H. Attouch, Z. Chbani, H. Riahi, Combining fast inertial dynamics for convex optimization with Tikhonov regularization, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 457(2), 1065–1094, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmaa.2016.12.017
  • H. Attouch, Z. Chbani, J. Peypouquet, P. Redont, Fast convergence of inertial dynamics and algorithms with asymptotic vanishing viscosity, Math. Program. 168, 123–175, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-016-0992-8
  • W. Su, S. Boyd, E.J. Candès, A differential equation for modeling Nesterov's accelerated gradient method: theory and insights, J. Mach. Learn. Res. 17(153), 1–43, 2016. https://jmlr.org/papers/v17/15-084.html
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationDynamical SystemsFunctional Analysis+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Tikhonov Regularization of a Second Order Dynamical System with Hessian Driven Damping 2: lim inf ‖x(t) − x*‖ = 0 at the Minimum-Norm Minimizer, and x(t) → x* If x(t) Ends In or Out of B(0, ‖x*‖)Research Paper

Motivation

Many methods for minimizing a smooth convex function ggg on a Hilbert space can be read as discretizations of second order ordinary differential equations, and the asymptotic behaviour of the continuous trajectories predicts the behaviour of the iterates. The inertial system with vanishing damping x¨+αtx˙+∇g(x)=0\ddot x+\frac{\alpha}{t}\dot x+\nabla g(x)=0x¨+tα​x˙+∇g(x)=0 is the continuous counterpart of Nesterov's accelerated gradient method (Su, Boyd, Candès 2016); for α>3\alpha>3α>3 its trajectories converge weakly to some minimizer of ggg (Attouch, Chbani, Peypouquet, Redont 2018). Two modifications of this system have been studied separately. A Hessian driven damping term β∇2g(x)x˙\beta\nabla^2g(x)\dot xβ∇2g(x)x˙ reduces oscillations while keeping the fast rate of the values (Attouch, Peypouquet, Redont 2016). A Tikhonov regularization term ϵ(t)x\epsilon(t)xϵ(t)x with ϵ(t)→0\epsilon(t)\to 0ϵ(t)→0 selects a particular minimizer: under suitable decay of ϵ\epsilonϵ, trajectories approach the minimizer of minimum norm in the strong (norm) topology (Attouch, Chbani, Riahi 2018).

Boţ, Csetnek and László (arXiv:1911.12845v2, published in Mathematical Programming 2021) combine both terms and ask which properties of the two separate systems survive. This mission formalizes their strong convergence result, Theorem 4.4.

Setting

Let H\mathcal HH be a real Hilbert space, t0>0t_0>0t0​>0, α≥3\alpha\ge 3α≥3, β≥0\beta\ge0β≥0, and u0,v0∈Hu_0,v_0\in\mathcal Hu0​,v0​∈H. The General assumption of the paper (p. 2) is:

  • g:H→Rg:\mathcal H\to\mathbb Rg:H→R is convex and twice Fréchet differentiable, ∇g\nabla g∇g is Lipschitz continuous on bounded sets, and argmin⁡g≠∅\operatorname{argmin} g\neq\emptysetargming=∅;
  • ϵ:[t0,+∞)→[0,+∞)\epsilon:[t_0,+\infty)\to[0,+\infty)ϵ:[t0​,+∞)→[0,+∞) is nonincreasing, of class C1C^1C1, and lim⁡t→+∞ϵ(t)=0\lim_{t\to+\infty}\epsilon(t)=0limt→+∞​ϵ(t)=0.

A global C2C^2C2-solution of the system

x¨(t)+αtx˙(t)+β∇2g(x(t))x˙(t)+∇g(x(t))+ϵ(t)x(t)=0,t≥t0,x(t0)=u0, x˙(t0)=v0,(5)\ddot x(t)+\frac{\alpha}{t}\dot x(t)+\beta\nabla^2g(x(t))\dot x(t)+\nabla g(x(t))+\epsilon(t)x(t)=0,\quad t\ge t_0,\qquad x(t_0)=u_0,\ \dot x(t_0)=v_0, \tag{5}x¨(t)+tα​x˙(t)+β∇2g(x(t))x˙(t)+∇g(x(t))+ϵ(t)x(t)=0,t≥t0​,x(t0​)=u0​, x˙(t0​)=v0​,(5)

is a twice continuously differentiable curve x:[t0,+∞)→Hx:[t_0,+\infty)\to\mathcal Hx:[t0​,+∞)→H satisfying (5) at every t≥t0t\ge t_0t≥t0​. The set argmin⁡g\operatorname{argmin} gargming is nonempty, closed and convex, so it has a unique element of minimum norm, denoted x∗x^*x∗. The open ball B(0,∥x∗∥)B(0,\|x^*\|)B(0,∥x∗∥) is {y:∥y∥<∥x∗∥}\{y:\|y\|<\|x^*\|\}{y:∥y∥<∥x∗∥}. In the Lean development these objects are GeneralAssumption g t₀ ε ε', IsSolution g α β t₀ ε u₀ v₀ x xd xdd and IsMinNormMinimizer g xstar in the namespace TikhonovHDD.Strong, with min⁡g\min gming written minValue g.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.4 (p. 21)

Assume, in addition to the above,

∫t0+∞ϵ(t)t dt<+∞,lim⁡t→+∞βϵ(t)tα3+1∫t0tϵ2(s)sα3+1 ds=0,\int_{t_0}^{+\infty}\frac{\epsilon(t)}{t}\,dt<+\infty,\qquad \lim_{t\to+\infty}\frac{\beta}{\epsilon(t)t^{\frac{\alpha}{3}+1}}\int_{t_0}^{t}\epsilon^2(s)s^{\frac{\alpha}{3}+1}\,ds=0,∫t0​+∞​tϵ(t)​dt<+∞,t→+∞lim​ϵ(t)t3α​+1β​∫t0​t​ϵ2(s)s3α​+1ds=0,

that ϵ˙(t)≤−aβ2ϵ2(t)\dot\epsilon(t)\le-\frac{a\beta}{2}\epsilon^2(t)ϵ˙(t)≤−2aβ​ϵ2(t) for all t≥t1t\ge t_1t≥t1​, for some a>1a>1a>1 and t1≥t0t_1\ge t_0t1​≥t0​, and that lim⁡t→+∞t2ϵ(t)=+∞\lim_{t\to+\infty}t^2\epsilon(t)=+\inftylimt→+∞​t2ϵ(t)=+∞ if α=3\alpha=3α=3, while t2ϵ(t)≥23α(13α−1+βc2)t^2\epsilon(t)\ge\frac23\alpha\left(\frac13\alpha-1+\beta c^2\right)t2ϵ(t)≥32​α(31​α−1+βc2) for large ttt, for some c>0c>0c>0, if α>3\alpha>3α>3. Then

lim inf⁡t→+∞∥x(t)−x∗∥=0,\liminf_{t\to+\infty}\|x(t)-x^*\|=0,t→+∞liminf​∥x(t)−x∗∥=0,

and

lim⁡t→+∞∥x(t)−x∗∥=0\lim_{t\to+\infty}\|x(t)-x^*\|=0t→+∞lim​∥x(t)−x∗∥=0

if there exists T≥t0T\ge t_0T≥t0​ such that {x(t):t≥T}\{x(t):t\ge T\}{x(t):t≥T} stays either in B(0,∥x∗∥)B(0,\|x^*\|)B(0,∥x∗∥) or in its complement.

Milestones

  1. Lemma A.1 (p. 29): for nonnegative continuous integrable fff on (δ,+∞)(\delta,+\infty)(δ,+∞) and nondecreasing φ≥0\varphi\ge 0φ≥0 with φ(t)→+∞\varphi(t)\to+\inftyφ(t)→+∞, 1φ(t)∫δtφ(s)f(s) ds→0\frac1{\varphi(t)}\int_\delta^t\varphi(s)f(s)\,ds\to0φ(t)1​∫δt​φ(s)f(s)ds→0.
  2. Theorem 3.1 (pp. 5–6): for α≥3\alpha\ge3α≥3, g(x(t))→min⁡gg(x(t))\to\min gg(x(t))→ming under either (a) ∫t0+∞ϵ(t)/t dt<+∞\int_{t_0}^{+\infty}\epsilon(t)/t\,dt<+\infty∫t0​+∞​ϵ(t)/tdt<+∞ together with ϵ˙≤−aβ2ϵ2\dot\epsilon\le-\frac{a\beta}{2}\epsilon^2ϵ˙≤−2aβ​ϵ2 eventually, or (b) ϵ(t)≤a/t\epsilon(t)\le a/tϵ(t)≤a/t eventually.
  3. Case I of the proof of Theorem 4.4 (pp. 21–25): the trajectory eventually stays outside the open ball, and x(t)→x∗x(t)\to x^*x(t)→x∗.
  4. Case II (pp. 25–26): the trajectory eventually stays inside the open ball, and x(t)→x∗x(t)\to x^*x(t)→x∗.
  5. Case III (p. 26): the trajectory is inside and outside the ball for arbitrarily large times, and lim inf⁡∥x(t)−x∗∥=0\liminf\|x(t)-x^*\|=0liminf∥x(t)−x∗∥=0.

The three cases are exhaustive, so Cases I–III together give the goal.

Significance

Theorem 4.4 shows that adding Hessian driven damping does not destroy the selection property of Tikhonov regularization: the trajectory comes arbitrarily close to the minimum-norm minimizer, and converges to it in norm whenever it does not oscillate across the sphere ∥y∥=∥x∗∥\|y\|=\|x^*\|∥y∥=∥x∗∥ forever. Since ϵ(t)→0\epsilon(t)\to 0ϵ(t)→0, the system still approaches argmin⁡g\operatorname{argmin} gargming, but the limit is a canonical minimizer determined by ggg alone, not by the initial data. In infinite dimensions this is the difference between weak and strong convergence, a distinction that matters for ill-posed problems and inverse problems, where the minimum-norm solution is the one usually sought. Remark 4.5 of the paper compares the hypotheses with those of Attouch, Chbani and Riahi for the system without Hessian damping: for β=0\beta=0β=0 the lower bound required of t2ϵ(t)t^2\epsilon(t)t2ϵ(t) when α>3\alpha>3α>3 is, in the authors' words, "less tight" than theirs.

The result is proved in the paper; no part of it has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing it requires a Lyapunov-energy argument for a second order ODE in a Hilbert space, the weak lower semicontinuity of convex functions and of the norm, and the passage from weak to strong convergence via convergence of norms. Theorem 3.1 and Lemma A.1 are standalone results reusable for other Tikhonov-regularized inertial systems.

Difficulty

The weak convergence argument for the unregularized system (Opial's lemma) does not identify the limit, and it does not give strong convergence. Tikhonov regularization supplies the identification only through the Tikhonov curve xϵx_{\epsilon}xϵ​, the minimizer of g+ϵ2∥⋅∥2g+\frac{\epsilon}{2}\|\cdot\|^2g+2ϵ​∥⋅∥2, and comparing x(t)x(t)x(t) with xϵ(t)x_{\epsilon(t)}xϵ(t)​ requires an energy whose derivative is controlled with weights tuned to α\alphaα. The Hessian term produces cross terms of the form βϵ(t)t2⟨∇g(x(t)),x(t)⟩\beta\epsilon(t)t^2\langle\nabla g(x(t)),x(t)\rangleβϵ(t)t2⟨∇g(x(t)),x(t)⟩ that are absent from the system without Hessian damping; the integral hypothesis on ϵ2(s)sα/3+1\epsilon^2(s)s^{\alpha/3+1}ϵ2(s)sα/3+1 and the slow-decay condition ϵ˙≤−aβ2ϵ2\dot\epsilon\le-\frac{a\beta}{2}\epsilon^2ϵ˙≤−2aβ​ϵ2 exist to absorb them. A direct energy estimate only works when ∥x(t)∥≥∥x∗∥\|x(t)\|\ge\|x^*\|∥x(t)∥≥∥x∗∥; inside the ball a different argument is required, and when the trajectory crosses the sphere infinitely often neither argument yields convergence of the whole trajectory, only a liminf statement.

Formalization scope

Conventions committed to in Lean:

  • Curves are maps R→H\mathbb R\to\mathcal HR→H; only their values on [t0,+∞)[t_0,+\infty)[t0​,+∞) matter. Derivatives of xxx, x˙\dot xx˙ and ϵ\epsilonϵ are taken within [t0,+∞)[t_0,+\infty)[t0​,+∞) (one-sided at t0t_0t0​) and passed as explicit maps xd, xdd, ε'; x¨\ddot xx¨ and ϵ˙\dot\epsilonϵ˙ are continuous there.
  • ∇g\nabla g∇g is gradient g; ∇2g(x)v\nabla^2g(x)v∇2g(x)v is the Fréchet derivative of gradient g at xxx applied to vvv. "Lipschitz on bounded sets" means Lipschitz on every closed ball centred at 000.
  • min⁡g\min gming is the infimum of the range of ggg, attained because argmin⁡g≠∅\operatorname{argmin} g\neq\emptysetargming=∅.
  • ∫t0+∞ϵ(t)/t dt<+∞\int_{t_0}^{+\infty}\epsilon(t)/t\,dt<+\infty∫t0​+∞​ϵ(t)/tdt<+∞ is Lebesgue integrability of ϵ(t)/t\epsilon(t)/tϵ(t)/t on [t0,+∞)[t_0,+\infty)[t0​,+∞), never a comparison of a Bochner integral with a number. tα/3+1t^{\alpha/3+1}tα/3+1 is the real power.
  • lim inf⁡t→+∞∥x(t)−x∗∥=0\liminf_{t\to+\infty}\|x(t)-x^*\|=0liminft→+∞​∥x(t)−x∗∥=0 is written as: for every δ>0\delta>0δ>0, ∥x(t)−x∗∥<δ\|x(t)-x^*\|<\delta∥x(t)−x∗∥<δ for arbitrarily large ttt. Lean's Filter.liminf is not used, since it returns 000 for a function tending to +∞+\infty+∞.
  • The alternative "in the ball or in its complement" uses one TTT for both branches, with the disjunction outside the universal quantifier. Placing the disjunction inside (∀t≥T\forall t\ge T∀t≥T, ∥x(t)∥<∥x∗∥\|x(t)\|<\|x^*\|∥x(t)∥<∥x∗∥ or ∥x(t)∥≥∥x∗∥\|x(t)\|\ge\|x^*\|∥x(t)∥≥∥x∗∥) would make the hypothesis always true and the strong convergence claim unconditional, which the paper does not prove.
  • Every statement is made for every global C2C^2C2-solution of (5). Existence and uniqueness of that solution (Theorem 2.1 of the paper) is a separate result, formalized in the companion mission on weak convergence; the hypothesis is not vacuous.
  • No positivity of ϵ\epsilonϵ is assumed: it follows from the conditions for α=3\alpha=3α=3 and α>3\alpha>3α>3.
  • Cases I–III carry the full hypothesis list of Theorem 4.4, although Case II uses only part of it.

No statement of the mission has been repaired against the printed text.

A complete development needs: weak lower semicontinuity of convex continuous functions and of the norm on Hilbert spaces; weak sequential compactness of bounded sets; existence of the minimum-norm element of a closed convex set (Mathlib's projection onto closed convex sets); the strongly convex Tikhonov curve and its convergence to x∗x^*x∗; and calculus for energy functionals along C2C^2C2 curves on half-lines. Lemma A.1 and the Tikhonov-curve facts are reusable for every Tikhonov-regularized dynamics. Contributions of proofs of individual milestones, of supporting lemmas, and of alternative arguments are welcome.

Selected references

  • R.I. Boţ, E.R. Csetnek, S.C. László, Tikhonov regularization of a second order dynamical system with Hessian driven damping, arXiv:1911.12845v2, 2020; Mathematical Programming 189, 151–186, 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1911.12845v2, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-020-01528-8
  • H. Attouch, Z. Chbani, H. Riahi, Combining fast inertial dynamics for convex optimization with Tikhonov regularization, Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications 457, 1065–1094, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmaa.2016.12.017
  • H. Attouch, J. Peypouquet, P. Redont, Fast convex optimization via inertial dynamics with Hessian driven damping, Journal of Differential Equations 261(10), 5734–5783, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jde.2016.08.020
  • H. Attouch, Z. Chbani, J. Peypouquet, P. Redont, Fast convergence of inertial dynamics and algorithms with asymptotic vanishing viscosity, Mathematical Programming 168, 123–175, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-016-0992-8
  • W. Su, S. Boyd, E.J. Candès, A differential equation for modeling Nesterov's accelerated gradient method: theory and insights, Journal of Machine Learning Research 17(153), 1–43, 2016. https://jmlr.org/papers/v17/15-084.html
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Approximation Algorithms for Product Framing and Pricing 2: With Type-Dependent Choice and IFR Page Views, the TRUNC Algorithm Earns at Least 1/3 of the Optimal RevenueResearch Paper

Motivation

Online retailers, search engines and streaming services show products on a sequence of pages, and most consumers look at only the first few. Which products are seen therefore depends on where they are placed. Gallego, Li, Truong and Wang (Operations Research, 2020) call the problem of placing products on pages to maximize expected revenue product framing. They show that it is NP-hard even with two pages and the multinomial logit model, and they give simple algorithms with constant-factor guarantees.

This mission concerns their second guarantee. In their basic model every consumer chooses with the same choice model, whatever the number of pages she views. In practice the number of pages viewed is itself informative: consumers who browse many pages may be keener buyers. Section 6 of the paper lets the choice model depend on the number of pages viewed and proposes the TRUNC algorithm for this setting. The guarantee is that TRUNC earns at least one third of the optimal expected revenue.

Setting

There are nnn products with revenues ri≥0r_i\ge 0ri​≥0 and mmm virtual pages, each holding at most ppp products; write [k]={1,…,k}[k]=\{1,\dots,k\}[k]={1,…,k}. A framing places each product on at most one page, with at most ppp products per page. A consumer views a random number X∈[m]X\in[m]X∈[m] of pages, with law λ(x)=P[X=x]\lambda(x)=\mathbb P[X=x]λ(x)=P[X=x], tail Λ(x)=P[X≥x]\Lambda(x)=\mathbb P[X\ge x]Λ(x)=P[X≥x] and failure rate h(x)=λ(x)/Λ(x)h(x)=\lambda(x)/\Lambda(x)h(x)=λ(x)/Λ(x). Her consideration set is the set of products on pages 1,…,X1,\dots,X1,…,X.

A consumer who views xxx pages is of type xxx and buys product iii from consideration set SSS with probability Px(i,S)P_x(i,S)Px​(i,S), where Px(i,S)≥0P_x(i,S)\ge 0Px​(i,S)≥0, Px(i,S)=0P_x(i,S)=0Px​(i,S)=0 for i∉Si\notin Si∈/S, and ∑i∈SPx(i,S)≤1\sum_{i\in S}P_x(i,S)\le 1∑i∈S​Px​(i,S)≤1. The revenue of SSS for type xxx and the best capacitated revenue are

Rx(S)=∑i∈SriPx(i,S),U(x)=max⁡S⊆[n], ∣S∣≤xpRx(S).R_x(S)=\sum_{i\in S}r_iP_x(i,S),\qquad U(x)=\max_{S\subseteq[n],\ |S|\le xp}R_x(S).Rx​(S)=i∈S∑​ri​Px​(i,S),U(x)=S⊆[n], ∣S∣≤xpmax​Rx​(S).

A framing fff earns ∑x∈[m]λ(x)Rx(Cf(x))\sum_{x\in[m]}\lambda(x)R_x(C_f(x))∑x∈[m]​λ(x)Rx​(Cf​(x)), where Cf(x)C_f(x)Cf​(x) is the set of products on pages 1,…,x1,\dots,x1,…,x. Its maximum over all framings is VOPTV^{OPT}VOPT. The assumptions are:

  • B1: Rx(S)≤Ry(S)R_x(S)\le R_y(S)Rx​(S)≤Ry​(S) whenever x≤yx\le yx≤y and ∣S∣≤xp|S|\le xp∣S∣≤xp;
  • B2: U(x)/xU(x)/xU(x)/x is nonincreasing in xxx;
  • B3: problem (9) defining UUU can be solved, here exactly;
  • B4: XXX has an increasing failure rate (IFR), i.e. hhh is nondecreasing (Shaked and Shanthikumar 2007).

TRUNC(yyy), for y∈[m]y\in[m]y∈[m], picks an optimal assortment S(y)S(y)S(y) for U(y)U(y)U(y) and places it, in any arrangement, on pages 1,…,y1,\dots,y1,…,y, leaving the remaining pages blank. TRUNC takes the best of these mmm framings; its revenue is VTRUNCV^{TRUNC}VTRUNC.

The analysis passes through the bound-revealing program (10): minimize max⁡x∈[m]U(x)Λ(x)\max_{x\in[m]}U(x)\Lambda(x)maxx∈[m]​U(x)Λ(x) over nondecreasing U≥0U\ge 0U≥0 with U(x)/xU(x)/xU(x)/x nonincreasing and over tails 1=Λ(1)≥⋯≥Λ(m)≥01=\Lambda(1)\ge\cdots\ge\Lambda(m)\ge 01=Λ(1)≥⋯≥Λ(m)≥0 with Λ(x+1)Λ(x−1)≤Λ(x)2\Lambda(x+1)\Lambda(x-1)\le\Lambda(x)^2Λ(x+1)Λ(x−1)≤Λ(x)2, subject to ∑xλ(x)U(x)=1\sum_x\lambda(x)U(x)=1∑x​λ(x)U(x)=1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4

Under Assumptions B1–B4, for every choice of optimal assortments and every arrangement on the pages,

VTRUNC  ≥  13 VOPT.V^{TRUNC}\;\ge\;\frac13\,V^{OPT}.VTRUNC≥31​VOPT.

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them:

  1. Upper bound (§6, p. 13): VOPT≤E[U(X)]=∑xλ(x)U(x)V^{OPT}\le\mathbf E[U(X)]=\sum_x\lambda(x)U(x)VOPT≤E[U(X)]=∑x​λ(x)U(x).
  2. Lower bound (§6.1, p. 14): every run of TRUNC(yyy) earns at least U(y)Λ(y)U(y)\Lambda(y)U(y)Λ(y).
  3. Lemma 8: for an IFR tail with Λ>0\Lambda>0Λ>0, g(x)=xΛ(x)g(x)=x\Lambda(x)g(x)=xΛ(x) is weakly unimodal, and its largest maximizer is min⁡{x:h(x)>1/(x+1)}\min\{x: h(x)>1/(x+1)\}min{x:h(x)>1/(x+1)}.
  4. Proposition 5, Lemma 9, Proposition 6, Proposition 7: the structure of every optimal solution of (10) with Λ>0\Lambda>0Λ>0. With yyy the largest maximizer of U(x)Λ(x)U(x)\Lambda(x)U(x)Λ(x):
    • U(x)/xU(x)/xU(x)/x is constant for x≥yx\ge yx≥y;
    • yyy also maximizes xΛ(x)x\Lambda(x)xΛ(x);
    • U(x)Λ(x)U(x)\Lambda(x)U(x)Λ(x) is constant for x≤yx\le yx≤y;
    • hhh is constant on [y,m−1][y,m-1][y,m−1].
  5. Value of (10) (A.4, p. 42): every feasible point of (10) has max⁡xU(x)Λ(x)≥1/3\max_xU(x)\Lambda(x)\ge 1/3maxx​U(x)Λ(x)≥1/3.

Significance

The theorem shows that framing under type-dependent choice admits a constant-factor approximation using only mmm calls to an assortment oracle, although the framing problem itself is NP-hard. The constant does not depend on the number of products, pages or page capacity. The bound-revealing program (10) is a self-contained extremal problem about log-concave tails and is reusable wherever a revenue curve with decreasing average returns meets an IFR horizon. The numerical value of (10) decreases with mmm (2/32/32/3 at m=2m=2m=2, about 0.360.360.36 at m=40m=40m=40), so the constant 1/31/31/3 is approached only as the number of pages grows.

The result is proved in the paper. No part of it has a machine-checked proof: the platform has no item on product framing, discrete failure rates or program (10). A complete development would give a machine-checked proof of the approximation ratio. It would also give a checked treatment of the perturbation arguments of Appendix A.4, which the paper presents briefly.

Difficulty

Two steps are elementary: the upper bound (a consumer of type xxx never sees more than xpxpxp products) and the lower bound (every consumer of type x≥yx\ge yx≥y sees all of S(y)S(y)S(y)).

The difficulty lies in the extremal problem (10). It is not convex: the IFR constraint is a log-concavity condition, and the objective is a maximum of products U(x)Λ(x)U(x)\Lambda(x)U(x)Λ(x). A direct bound such as max⁡xU(x)Λ(x)≥∑xλ(x)U(x)/m\max_xU(x)\Lambda(x)\ge\sum_x\lambda(x)U(x)/mmaxx​U(x)Λ(x)≥∑x​λ(x)U(x)/m gives a constant that decays with mmm. The uniform constant comes from showing that the extremal tail is geometric beyond the maximizing page and that the extremal UUU is pinned down on both sides of it. The paper reaches this structure through optimality conditions, so a formal proof must also establish that (10) attains its minimum, or must avoid that step.

Formalization scope

Products are Fin n. Pages are the natural numbers 1,…,m1,\dots,m1,…,m, as in the paper, with m≥1m\ge 1m≥1 and p≥1p\ge 1p≥1. A framing is f : Fin n → ℕ: product iii is on page f i when 1≤f(i)≤m1\le f(i)\le m1≤f(i)≤m, and f i = 0 means it is not displayed. The law λ\lambdaλ and the functions of (10) are functions on N\mathbb NN of which only the values on [m][m][m] are used, and Λ(m+1)=0\Lambda(m+1)=0Λ(m+1)=0.

VOPTV^{OPT}VOPT and UUU are maxima over finite nonempty families, and VTRUNCV^{TRUNC}VTRUNC is a Finset.sup' over y∈[m]y\in[m]y∈[m]. TRUNC is a predicate on its outputs, not a function, and the goal is quantified over every family of runs. Assumption B3 is used with ϵ=0\epsilon=0ϵ=0, as everywhere in the paper. IFR is required only where the failure rate is defined (Λ>0\Lambda>0Λ>0), so laws whose support ends before page mmm are allowed. Nonnegative revenues ri≥0r_i\ge 0ri​≥0 are assumed; the lower bound of milestone 2 needs them.

No trivializing reading. The goal is not stated for one particular filling heuristic, or for some run only, and VTRUNCV^{TRUNC}VTRUNC is the revenue of the framings themselves, not the lower bound U(y)Λ(y)U(y)\Lambda(y)U(y)Λ(y).

Page numbers refer to the authors' accepted manuscript of the Operations Research article, which differ from the journal typesetting. The development needs only Mathlib (finite sums and maxima over Finset). Program (10) and Lemma 8 are independent of the framing model. Contributions are welcome at every milestone: Lemma 8 and the bound for (10) are the most self-contained.

Selected references

  • G. Gallego, A. Li, V.-A. Truong, X. Wang, Approximation Algorithms for Product Framing and Pricing, Operations Research, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2019.1875
  • M. Shaked, J. G. Shanthikumar, Stochastic Orders, Springer, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-34675-5
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Sparse Regression at Scale: Branch-and-Bound rooted in First-Order Optimization 1: The Perspective Interval Relaxation Is a Least Squares Problem with a Separable Reverse-Huber or ℓ1 PenaltyResearch Paper

Motivation

Best subset selection with ridge shrinkage asks for a sparse linear model: given a design matrix X∈Rn×pX\in\mathbb R^{n\times p}X∈Rn×p and responses y∈Rny\in\mathbb R^ny∈Rn, minimize

12∥y−Xβ∥22+λ0∥β∥0+λ2∥β∥22,\tfrac12\|y-X\beta\|_2^2+\lambda_0\|\beta\|_0+\lambda_2\|\beta\|_2^2 ,21​∥y−Xβ∥22​+λ0​∥β∥0​+λ2​∥β∥22​,

where ∥β∥0\|\beta\|_0∥β∥0​ counts nonzero coefficients. The problem is NP-hard, and exact methods solve it as a mixed integer program by branch-and-bound (Bertsimas, King, Mazumder 2016). The speed of branch-and-bound is governed by two things: how tight the continuous relaxation at each node is, and how cheaply that relaxation can be solved.

Hazimeh, Mazumder and Saab (arXiv:2004.06152v2; Mathematical Programming 2022) build a branch-and-bound solver whose node relaxations are solved by first-order methods rather than by a conic interior-point solver. Their starting point is the perspective formulation, a standard device for strengthening relaxations of mixed integer programs with indicator variables (Frangioni, Gentile 2006; Günlük, Linderoth 2010). Theorem 1 of the paper shows that the interval relaxation of this formulation is a box-constrained least squares problem with a separable penalty in β\betaβ alone. This mission formalizes Theorem 1.

Timeline. Owen (2007) introduced the reverse Huber penalty as a hybrid of lasso and ridge. Dong, Chen, Linderoth (2015) showed that the interval relaxation of the perspective formulation without a Big-M bound reduces to least squares with a reverse Huber penalty. Hazimeh, Mazumder and Saab (2020–2021) added the Big-M constraint and obtained Theorem 1, with a second regime in which the penalty becomes ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​.

Setting

Fix X∈Rn×pX\in\mathbb R^{n\times p}X∈Rn×p, y∈Rny\in\mathbb R^ny∈Rn, λ0>0\lambda_0>0λ0​>0, λ2>0\lambda_2>0λ2​>0 and M>0M>0M>0, and write [p]={1,…,p}[p]=\{1,\dots,p\}[p]={1,…,p}. The perspective formulation PR(M)\mathrm{PR}(M)PR(M) is problem (3) of the paper:

min⁡β,z,s 12∥y−Xβ∥22+λ0∑i∈[p]zi+λ2∑i∈[p]sis.t.βi2≤sizi,  −Mzi≤βi≤Mzi,  zi∈{0,1},  si≥0.\min_{\beta,z,s}\ \tfrac12\|y-X\beta\|_2^2+\lambda_0\sum_{i\in[p]}z_i+\lambda_2\sum_{i\in[p]}s_i \quad\text{s.t.}\quad \beta_i^2\le s_iz_i,\ \ -Mz_i\le\beta_i\le Mz_i,\ \ z_i\in\{0,1\},\ \ s_i\ge0 .β,z,smin​ 21​∥y−Xβ∥22​+λ0​i∈[p]∑​zi​+λ2​i∈[p]∑​si​s.t.βi2​≤si​zi​,  −Mzi​≤βi​≤Mzi​,  zi​∈{0,1},  si​≥0.

Here ziz_izi​ indicates whether βi\beta_iβi​ may be nonzero, sis_isi​ stands in for βi2\beta_i^2βi2​ through the rotated second-order cone constraint βi2≤sizi\beta_i^2\le s_iz_iβi2​≤si​zi​, and MMM bounds ∣βi∣|\beta_i|∣βi​∣. The interval relaxation replaces zi∈{0,1}z_i\in\{0,1\}zi​∈{0,1} with zi∈[0,1]z_i\in[0,1]zi​∈[0,1].

The reverse Huber penalty (4) is B(t)=∣t∣\mathcal B(t)=|t|B(t)=∣t∣ for ∣t∣≤1|t|\le1∣t∣≤1 and B(t)=(t2+1)/2\mathcal B(t)=(t^2+1)/2B(t)=(t2+1)/2 for ∣t∣≥1|t|\ge1∣t∣≥1. Put

ψ1(b;λ0,λ2)=2λ0 B(bλ2/λ0),ψ2(b;λ0,λ2,M)=(λ0M+λ2M)∣b∣,\psi_1(b;\lambda_0,\lambda_2)=2\lambda_0\,\mathcal B\big(b\sqrt{\lambda_2/\lambda_0}\big),\qquad \psi_2(b;\lambda_0,\lambda_2,M)=\Big(\frac{\lambda_0}{M}+\lambda_2M\Big)|b|,ψ1​(b;λ0​,λ2​)=2λ0​B(bλ2​/λ0​​),ψ2​(b;λ0​,λ2​,M)=(Mλ0​​+λ2​M)∣b∣,

and let ψ=ψ1\psi=\psi_1ψ=ψ1​ if λ0/λ2≤M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}\le Mλ0​/λ2​​≤M and ψ=ψ2\psi=\psi_2ψ=ψ2​ if λ0/λ2>M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}>Mλ0​/λ2​​>M. The reduced relaxation (5) is

min⁡β∈Rp F(β):=12∥y−Xβ∥22+∑i∈[p]ψ(βi;λ0,λ2,M)s.t.∥β∥∞≤M,\min_{\beta\in\mathbb R^p}\ F(\beta):=\tfrac12\|y-X\beta\|_2^2+\sum_{i\in[p]}\psi(\beta_i;\lambda_0,\lambda_2,M)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad\|\beta\|_\infty\le M ,β∈Rpmin​ F(β):=21​∥y−Xβ∥22​+i∈[p]∑​ψ(βi​;λ0​,λ2​,M)s.t.∥β∥∞​≤M,

with optimal value VPR(M)V_{\mathrm{PR}(M)}VPR(M)​. For one coordinate bbb, ω(b;λ0,λ2,M)\omega(b;\lambda_0,\lambda_2,M)ω(b;λ0​,λ2​,M) is the minimum of λ0z+λ2s\lambda_0z+\lambda_2sλ0​z+λ2​s over b2≤szb^2\le szb2≤sz, −Mz≤b≤Mz-Mz\le b\le Mz−Mz≤b≤Mz, z∈[0,1]z\in[0,1]z∈[0,1], s≥0s\ge0s≥0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (Reduced Relaxation), p. 6

The interval relaxation of (3) is equivalent to (5):

∃ (z,s): (β,z,s) feasible  ⟺  ∥β∥∞≤M,min⁡z,s{12∥y−Xβ∥22+λ0∑izi+λ2∑isi}=F(β)  (∥β∥∞≤M),\exists\,(z,s):\ (\beta,z,s)\ \text{feasible}\iff\|\beta\|_\infty\le M,\qquad \min_{z,s}\Big\{\tfrac12\|y-X\beta\|_2^2+\lambda_0\textstyle\sum_i z_i+\lambda_2\sum_i s_i\Big\}=F(\beta)\ \ (\|\beta\|_\infty\le M),∃(z,s): (β,z,s) feasible⟺∥β∥∞​≤M,z,smin​{21​∥y−Xβ∥22​+λ0​∑i​zi​+λ2​∑i​si​}=F(β)  (∥β∥∞​≤M),

and both problems attain the common optimal value VPR(M)V_{\mathrm{PR}(M)}VPR(M)​.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 1, p. 28)

  1. Reduction to (36). For ∣b∣≤M|b|\le M∣b∣≤M, the smallest feasible zzz is z^=max⁡{b2/s,∣b∣/M}\hat z=\max\{b^2/s,|b|/M\}z^=max{b2/s,∣b∣/M}, so
ω(b;λ0,λ2,M)=min⁡s≥b2max⁡{λ0b2s+λ2s, λ0∣b∣M+λ2s}.\omega(b;\lambda_0,\lambda_2,M)=\min_{s\ge b^2}\max\Big\{\lambda_0\tfrac{b^2}{s}+\lambda_2s,\ \lambda_0\tfrac{|b|}{M}+\lambda_2s\Big\}.ω(b;λ0​,λ2​,M)=s≥b2min​max{λ0​sb2​+λ2​s, λ0​M∣b∣​+λ2​s}.
  1. Case I. If λ0/λ2≤M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}\le Mλ0​/λ2​​≤M and ∣b∣≤M|b|\le M∣b∣≤M, then ω(b;λ0,λ2,M)=2λ0B(bλ2/λ0)\omega(b;\lambda_0,\lambda_2,M)=2\lambda_0\mathcal B(b\sqrt{\lambda_2/\lambda_0})ω(b;λ0​,λ2​,M)=2λ0​B(bλ2​/λ0​​).
  2. Case II. If λ0/λ2>M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}>Mλ0​/λ2​​>M and ∣b∣≤M|b|\le M∣b∣≤M, then ω(b;λ0,λ2,M)=(λ0/M+λ2M)∣b∣\omega(b;\lambda_0,\lambda_2,M)=(\lambda_0/M+\lambda_2M)|b|ω(b;λ0​,λ2​,M)=(λ0​/M+λ2​M)∣b∣.

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 removes the 2p2p2p auxiliary variables z,sz,sz,s and all conic constraints from the node relaxation. What remains is a composite problem, a smooth least squares loss plus a separable, convex penalty under a box constraint, to which coordinate descent and proximal methods apply directly. The paper's solver, its active-set strategy, and the dual bounds of its Section 3 are all built on (5). The theorem also exposes a regime change: when λ0/λ2>M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}>Mλ0​/λ2​​>M, the ridge term of the perspective formulation disappears from the relaxation and the penalty is pure ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​. Propositions 1 and 2 of the paper, which compare the strengths of the perspective, Big-M and PR(∞)\mathrm{PR}(\infty)PR(∞) relaxations, use this reduced form.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper (Appendix A) by a coordinatewise argument. To our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. Formalizing it gives a verified bridge from the conic mixed integer formulation to the penalized form that later results of the paper use, and a checked case analysis at the regime boundary λ0/λ2=M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}=Mλ0​/λ2​​=M, where the two formulas must agree with the stated tie-breaking.

Difficulty

The obvious approach, "minimize over zzz and sss coordinate by coordinate", is correct in outline, but each step hides a boundary case. The rotated cone constraint βi2≤sizi\beta_i^2\le s_iz_iβi2​≤si​zi​ degenerates at si=0s_i=0si​=0 or zi=0z_i=0zi​=0, where βi2/si\beta_i^2/s_iβi2​/si​ is undefined, and the paper's convention for βi=si=0\beta_i=s_i=0βi​=si​=0 must be handled. The one-variable problem (36) is a minimum of a pointwise maximum of two functions of sss, one convex and decreasing then increasing, the other increasing. Its minimizer lies either in the interior of the region where the first term dominates or on the crossover s=∣b∣Ms=|b|Ms=∣b∣M, depending on the regime. The paper's proof describes the cases loosely: it optimizes the Case I term without imposing the side condition that Case I attains the maximum. A complete argument must prove the lower bound over all feasible sss, not just evaluate at a candidate. Finally, the minimum over (z,s)∈R2p(z,s)\in\mathbb R^{2p}(z,s)∈R2p must be shown to split into a sum of coordinate minima, each attained.

Formalization scope

Data are X : Matrix (Fin n) (Fin p) ℝ, y : Fin n → ℝ, and reals lam0 lam2 M with 0 < lam0, 0 < lam2, 0 < M; the paper's [p][p][p] is Fin p. The squared norm ∥y−Xβ∥22\|y-X\beta\|_2^2∥y−Xβ∥22​ is the explicit sum ∑r(yr−(Xβ)r)2\sum_r(y_r-(X\beta)_r)^2∑r​(yr​−(Xβ)r​)2, and ∥β∥∞≤M\|\beta\|_\infty\le M∥β∥∞​≤M is ∣βi∣≤M|\beta_i|\le M∣βi​∣≤M for all iii. The cone constraint is kept in product form βi2≤sizi\beta_i^2\le s_iz_iβi2​≤si​zi​. In z^\hat zz^ and (36), Lean's b2/0=0b^2/0=0b2/0=0 coincides with the paper's convention βi2/si=0\beta_i^2/s_i=0βi2​/si​=0 for βi=si=0\beta_i=s_i=0βi​=si​=0. Every "min" is stated with IsLeast (membership plus lower bound), so attainment is part of each statement. VPR(M)V_{\mathrm{PR}(M)}VPR(M)​ is defined as a real infimum over the box, and Theorem 1 asserts that this infimum is attained by both problems. No normalization of XXX or yyy is assumed; the paper's unit-norm assumption starts in Section 3. The paper writes no O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) in these results, so there are no constants to instantiate.

A goal stating only one inequality (that F(β)F(\beta)F(β) is achieved by some (z,s)(z,s)(z,s), or that it bounds the relaxation from below), or a goal over zi∈{0,1}z_i\in\{0,1\}zi​∈{0,1}, would not be Theorem 1. The IsLeast form rules out both. The goal uses ψ\psiψ with both regimes.

A complete development needs: a two-variable convexity argument for λ0b2/s+λ2s\lambda_0b^2/s+\lambda_2sλ0​b2/s+λ2​s on s>0s>0s>0; a lemma that the infimum of a separable objective over a product of feasible sets is the sum of the coordinate infima; and continuity of FFF with compactness of the box to obtain an optimal β\betaβ. The coordinate lemmas and the definition of the reverse Huber penalty are reusable in the companion missions on relaxation strength and Lagrangian duality. Contributions to any milestone, or an alternative proof of the goal, are welcome.

Selected references

  • H. Hazimeh, R. Mazumder, A. Saab, Sparse Regression at Scale: Branch-and-Bound rooted in First-Order Optimization, arXiv:2004.06152v2 (2021); Mathematical Programming (2022). https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.06152v2
  • A. Frangioni, C. Gentile, Perspective cuts for a class of convex 0–1 mixed integer programs, Mathematical Programming 106(2), 225–236, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-005-0594-3
  • O. Günlük, J. Linderoth, Perspective reformulations of mixed integer nonlinear programs with indicator variables, Mathematical Programming 124(1–2), 183–205, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-010-0360-z
  • H. Dong, K. Chen, J. Linderoth, Regularization vs. Relaxation: A conic optimization perspective of statistical variable selection, arXiv:1510.06083, 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1510.06083
  • A. B. Owen, A robust hybrid of lasso and ridge regression, Contemporary Mathematics 443, 59–72, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1090/conm/443/08555
  • D. Bertsimas, A. King, R. Mazumder, Best subset selection via a modern optimization lens, Annals of Statistics 44(2), 813–852, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1214/15-AOS1388
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Differential GeometryNumerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Riemannian Proximal Gradient Methods I: Every Accumulation Point of the Riemannian Proximal Gradient Method Is Stationary, with an Explicit Iteration BoundResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in statistics, signal processing and machine learning minimize a smooth loss plus a nonsmooth regularizer over a set that is a manifold rather than a vector space: sparse principal component analysis over the Stiefel manifold, sparse blind deconvolution over the sphere, low-rank recovery over fixed-rank matrices. In Euclidean space the standard tool for min⁡f+g\min f + gminf+g with fff smooth and ggg nonsmooth is the proximal gradient method, whose convergence theory (stationarity of limit points, an O(1/ϵ2)O(1/\epsilon^2)O(1/ϵ2) bound on the number of iterations to reach an ϵ\epsilonϵ-small step, an O(1/k)O(1/k)O(1/k) rate under convexity) is classical (Beck–Teboulle 2009).

Huang and Wei (arXiv:1909.06065, Mathematical Programming 2021) proposed the Riemannian proximal gradient method (RPG): at each iterate the proximal subproblem is posed on the tangent space, the nonsmooth term is pulled back through a retraction, and the next iterate is obtained by retracting the computed step. Unlike the earlier ManPG method of Chen, Ma, So and Zhang (2020), which uses the Euclidean proximal mapping of an embedding space, RPG is defined intrinsically on any manifold with a retraction. Its global convergence theorem is the subject of this mission.

Setting

Let M\mathcal MM be a finite-dimensional manifold with a smooth Riemannian metric ⟨⋅,⋅⟩x\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle_x⟨⋅,⋅⟩x​ on each tangent space TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M, with norm ∥⋅∥x\|\cdot\|_x∥⋅∥x​. A retraction is a smooth map R:TM→MR : T\mathcal M\to\mathcal MR:TM→M, (x,η)↦Rx(η)(x,\eta)\mapsto R_x(\eta)(x,η)↦Rx​(η), with Rx(0x)=xR_x(0_x) = xRx​(0x​)=x and DRx(0x)=idDR_x(0_x) = \mathrm{id}DRx​(0x​)=id. The vector transport by differentiated retraction is Tηx=DRx(ηx):TxM→TRx(ηx)M\mathcal T_{\eta_x} = DR_x(\eta_x) : T_x\mathcal M\to T_{R_x(\eta_x)}\mathcal MTηx​​=DRx​(ηx​):Tx​M→TRx​(ηx​)​M; Tηx♯\mathcal T^\sharp_{\eta_x}Tηx​♯​ denotes its adjoint for the two metrics and Tηx−♯\mathcal T^{-\sharp}_{\eta_x}Tηx​−♯​ the adjoint of its inverse.

The problem is

min⁡x∈MF(x)=f(x)+g(x),\min_{x\in\mathcal M} F(x) = f(x) + g(x),x∈Mmin​F(x)=f(x)+g(x),

with fff continuously differentiable, Riemannian gradient grad⁡f\operatorname{grad} fgradf, and ggg continuous, possibly nonsmooth. For h:M→Rh : \mathcal M\to\mathbb Rh:M→R the Riemannian Clarke subdifferential is defined through the pull-back h^x=h∘Rx\hat h_x = h\circ R_xh^x​=h∘Rx​ on the Hilbert space TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M:

h^x∘(η;v)=lim sup⁡ξ→η, t↓0h^x(ξ+tv)−h^x(ξ)t,∂h(x)={ζ∈TxM∣⟨ζ,v⟩x≤h^x∘(0x;v) ∀v}.\hat h_x^\circ(\eta; v) = \limsup_{\xi\to\eta,\ t\downarrow 0}\frac{\hat h_x(\xi+tv)-\hat h_x(\xi)}{t},\qquad \partial h(x) = \{\zeta\in T_x\mathcal M \mid \langle\zeta,v\rangle_x\le\hat h_x^\circ(0_x;v)\ \forall v\}.h^x∘​(η;v)=ξ→η, t↓0limsup​th^x​(ξ+tv)−h^x​(ξ)​,∂h(x)={ζ∈Tx​M∣⟨ζ,v⟩x​≤h^x∘​(0x​;v) ∀v}.

A point xxx is stationary if 0∈∂F(x)0\in\partial F(x)0∈∂F(x).

Algorithm 1 (RPG). Given x0x_0x0​ and a constant L~>L\tilde L > LL~>L, for k=0,1,…k = 0,1,\dotsk=0,1,… let

ℓxk(η)=⟨grad⁡f(xk),η⟩xk+L~2∥η∥xk2+g(Rxk(η)),\ell_{x_k}(\eta) = \langle\operatorname{grad} f(x_k),\eta\rangle_{x_k} + \frac{\tilde L}{2}\|\eta\|_{x_k}^2 + g(R_{x_k}(\eta)),ℓxk​​(η)=⟨gradf(xk​),η⟩xk​​+2L~​∥η∥xk​2​+g(Rxk​​(η)),

choose ηxk∗∈TxkM\eta^*_{x_k}\in T_{x_k}\mathcal Mηxk​∗​∈Txk​​M that is a stationary point of ℓxk\ell_{x_k}ℓxk​​ with ℓxk(0)≥ℓxk(ηxk∗)\ell_{x_k}(0)\ge\ell_{x_k}(\eta^*_{x_k})ℓxk​​(0)≥ℓxk​​(ηxk​∗​) (condition (3.1)), and set xk+1=Rxk(ηxk∗)x_{k+1} = R_{x_k}(\eta^*_{x_k})xk+1​=Rxk​​(ηxk​∗​).

Assumption 3.1. FFF is bounded below and Ωx0={x∣F(x)≤F(x0)}\Omega_{x_0} = \{x \mid F(x)\le F(x_0)\}Ωx0​​={x∣F(x)≤F(x0​)} is compact. Assumption 3.2. fff is LLL-retraction-smooth on Ωx0\Omega_{x_0}Ωx0​​: f(Rx(η))≤f(x)+⟨grad⁡f(x),η⟩x+L2∥η∥x2f(R_x(\eta))\le f(x) + \langle\operatorname{grad} f(x),\eta\rangle_x + \frac L2\|\eta\|_x^2f(Rx​(η))≤f(x)+⟨gradf(x),η⟩x​+2L​∥η∥x2​ (inequality (3.2)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1

For every run of Algorithm 1: if ηxk∗=0\eta^*_{x_k} = 0ηxk​∗​=0 then xkx_kxk​ is stationary. Under Assumptions 3.1 and 3.2, {xk}\{x_k\}{xk​} has an accumulation point, every accumulation point x∗x_*x∗​ is stationary, and for every ϵ>0\epsilon > 0ϵ>0 some iterate with index at most

F(x0)−F(x∗)βϵ2,β=L~−L2,\frac{F(x_0)-F(x_*)}{\beta\epsilon^2},\qquad\beta = \frac{\tilde L - L}{2},βϵ2F(x0​)−F(x∗​)​,β=2L~−L​,

satisfies ∥ηxk∗∥xk≤ϵ\|\eta^*_{x_k}\|_{x_k}\le\epsilon∥ηxk​∗​∥xk​​≤ϵ.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  • Lemma 3.1 (descent): F(xk)−F(xk+1)≥β∥ηxk∗∥xk2F(x_k) - F(x_{k+1})\ge\beta\|\eta^*_{x_k}\|_{x_k}^2F(xk​)−F(xk+1​)≥β∥ηxk​∗​∥xk​2​.
  • (3.6): lim⁡k∥ηxk∗∥xk=0\lim_k\|\eta^*_{x_k}\|_{x_k} = 0limk​∥ηxk​∗​∥xk​​=0.
  • Lemma 3.2: for a continuous vector field ξ\xiξ, ∥ξy−Tηx−♯ξx∥y→0\|\xi_y - \mathcal T^{-\sharp}_{\eta_x}\xi_x\|_y\to 0∥ξy​−Tηx​−♯​ξx​∥y​→0 as ηx→0\eta_x\to 0ηx​→0 on the tangent bundle, y=Rx(ηx)y = R_x(\eta_x)y=Rx​(ηx​).
  • (3.8): at every iteration some ζ∈∂g(xk+1)\zeta\in\partial g(x_{k+1})ζ∈∂g(xk+1​) satisfies grad⁡f(xk)+L~ηxk∗+TRηxk∗♯ζ=0\operatorname{grad} f(x_k)+\tilde L\eta^*_{x_k}+\mathcal T^\sharp_{R_{\eta^*_{x_k}}}\zeta = 0gradf(xk​)+L~ηxk​∗​+TRηxk​∗​​♯​ζ=0.
  • (3.9): where the transport is invertible, grad⁡f(xk+1)−T−♯(grad⁡f(xk)+L~ηxk∗)=grad⁡f(xk+1)+ζ∈∂F(xk+1)\operatorname{grad} f(x_{k+1}) - \mathcal T^{-\sharp}(\operatorname{grad} f(x_k)+\tilde L\eta^*_{x_k}) = \operatorname{grad} f(x_{k+1})+\zeta\in\partial F(x_{k+1})gradf(xk+1​)−T−♯(gradf(xk​)+L~ηxk​∗​)=gradf(xk+1​)+ζ∈∂F(xk+1​).

Significance

Theorem 3.1 is the basic convergence guarantee of RPG: the method is a descent method without any convexity of ggg, its limit points satisfy the first-order necessary condition 0∈∂F0\in\partial F0∈∂F, and the number of iterations needed to make the step small is explicit, with the same O(1/ϵ2)O(1/\epsilon^2)O(1/ϵ2) dependence as in the Euclidean case. It underlies the further analyses of the same paper (the O(1/k)O(1/k)O(1/k) rate under retraction convexity and the Kurdyka–Łojasiewicz analysis) and of later Riemannian proximal methods.

The theorem is proved on paper; no machine-checked version exists. Formalizing it requires a Clarke subdifferential on tangent spaces, its calculus (sum rule with a C1C^1C1 function, chain rule through a local diffeomorphism) and its closedness along convergent sequences on a manifold. None of these is in Mathlib. They are reusable well beyond this paper by any Riemannian nonsmooth optimization method.

Difficulty

The descent inequality and the iteration bound are elementary once Lemma 3.1 is available. The difficulty is the stationarity of accumulation points. The subproblem's optimality condition (3.8) lives in the tangent space at xkx_kxk​ and involves a subgradient of ggg at xk+1x_{k+1}xk+1​; to pass to the limit, the gradients and subgradients must be compared across different tangent spaces, which is what the inverse-adjoint transport and Lemma 3.2 do. This needs joint continuity of the retraction and its differential on the tangent bundle and continuity of the metric, and then a closedness property of the Riemannian Clarke subdifferential that the paper cites from Hosseini, Huang and Yousefpour (2018, Theorem 2.2(c)) and that a complete development must prove. A pointwise argument at a fixed base point does not suffice, because the base points xkjx_{k_j}xkj​​ move.

Formalization scope

Theorem numbers and pages are those of arXiv:1909.06065v4. The manifold is modelled on a finite-dimensional real inner-product space EEE and carries a RiemannianBundle with a smooth metric (IsContMDiffRiemannianBundle). Retraction, differentiated-retraction transport and Riemannian gradient are the published definitions RiemOpt.BFGS.Setting and RiemOpt.FR.Setting; joint smoothness of RRR on the tangent bundle is added, as on p. 4. The Clarke limit superior is taken in EReal along N(η)×N>0(0)\mathcal N(\eta)\times\mathcal N_{>0}(0)N(η)×N>0​(0), so it never takes a default value. Accumulation points are MapClusterPt, and "in at most NNN iterations" is an index k≤Nk\le Nk≤N. A run of Algorithm 1 is any sequence of iterates and steps satisfying (3.1); the step is a selection, not a function of the iterate.

Two hypotheses are explicit in the Lean statements. Each pull-back g∘Rxg\circ R_xg∘Rx​ is locally Lipschitz, which p. 5 requires for the subdifferential to be defined. fff is C1C^1C1, because the proof applies Lemma 3.2 to grad⁡f\operatorname{grad} fgradf. Assumption 3.2 is stated in the form the proof of Lemma 3.1 uses: (3.2) at every x∈Ωx0x\in\Omega_{x_0}x∈Ωx0​​ for every tangent vector. Definition 3.1 read literally only constrains η\etaη with Rx(η)∈Ωx0R_x(\eta)\in\Omega_{x_0}Rx​(η)∈Ωx0​​, and under that reading Lemma 3.1 fails: a nonconvex ggg can send x1x_1x1​ far outside Ωx0\Omega_{x_0}Ωx0​​. The paper's own sufficient condition gives the strengthened form.

The formalization must not trivialize stationarity. The subdifferential is defined from the Clarke derivative of the pull-back alone. It does not involve T−♯\mathcal T^{-\sharp}T−♯ or ContinuousLinearMap.inverse, so 0∈∂F(x)0\in\partial F(x)0∈∂F(x) is a genuine condition. The run hypotheses are satisfiable, for instance on M=R\mathcal M = \mathbb RM=R with Rx(η)=x+ηR_x(\eta) = x+\etaRx​(η)=x+η, f(x)=x2f(x) = x^2f(x)=x2, g=0g = 0g=0, xk=0x_k = 0xk​=0, ηk=0\eta_k = 0ηk​=0.

Welcome contributions: the Clarke calculus on a real Hilbert space (sum rule, chain rule through a C1C^1C1 map, upper semicontinuity), local invertibility of DRx(η)DR_x(\eta)DRx​(η) near the zero section, and the closedness of the Riemannian subdifferential on the tangent bundle.

Selected references

  • W. Huang, K. Wei, Riemannian proximal gradient methods, Mathematical Programming, 2021. arXiv:1909.06065v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1909.06065, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-021-01632-3
  • S. Hosseini, W. Huang, R. Yousefpour, Line search algorithms for locally Lipschitz functions on Riemannian manifolds, SIAM Journal on Optimization 28(1):596–619, 2018 (reference [29] of Huang–Wei; source of the Riemannian Clarke subdifferential and of its closedness, Theorem 2.2(c)). https://epubs.siam.org/toc/sjope8/28/1
  • P.-A. Absil, R. Mahony, R. Sepulchre, Optimization Algorithms on Matrix Manifolds, Princeton University Press, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400830244
  • S. Chen, S. Ma, A. M.-C. So, T. Zhang, Proximal gradient method for nonsmooth optimization over the Stiefel manifold, SIAM Journal on Optimization 30 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1137/18M122457X
  • A. Beck, M. Teboulle, A fast iterative shrinkage-thresholding algorithm for linear inverse problems, SIAM Journal on Imaging Sciences 2 (2009). https://doi.org/10.1137/080716542
  • F. H. Clarke, Optimization and Nonsmooth Analysis, Wiley, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971309
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamical SystemsMachine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Convergence and Dynamical Behavior of the ADAM Algorithm for Nonconvex Stochastic Optimization 4: Constant-Step Adam Iterates Converge in Probability to the ODE Solution as γ → 0Research Paper

Motivation

Adam (Kingma and Ba, 2015, arXiv:1412.6980) is one of the most widely used optimizers for training neural networks. It is a stochastic gradient method that keeps exponential moving averages of the stochastic gradients and of their coordinatewise squares, rescales both by bias-correction factors, and divides the first by the square root of the second. Its original convergence analysis was shown to be flawed (Reddi, Kale and Kumar, 2018, arXiv:1904.09237), and in the regime in which practitioners actually run it, with a constant step size, the iterates do not converge.

Barakat and Bianchi (arXiv:1810.02263, SIAM J. Math. Data Sci. 3(1), 2021) describe what constant-step Adam does instead: as the step size γ\gammaγ tends to zero, with the averaging parameters tending to one at rates proportional to γ\gammaγ, the interpolated iterates follow a deterministic non-autonomous ordinary differential equation. This mission formalizes that statement, Theorem 4.3 of the paper, together with the lemmas of its proof (§8.1).

Setting

Let Z=Rd×Rd×Rd\mathcal Z = \mathbb R^d\times\mathbb R^d\times\mathbb R^dZ=Rd×Rd×Rd with points z=(x,m,v)z=(x,m,v)z=(x,m,v), and Z+\mathcal Z_+Z+​ its subset with v≥0v\ge0v≥0 coordinatewise. A random sample ξ\xiξ with law μ\muμ on a measurable space Ξ\XiΞ enters through an integrand f(x,ξ)f(x,\xi)f(x,ξ) with gradient ∇f(x,ξ)\nabla f(x,\xi)∇f(x,ξ) in xxx. The objective is F(x)=Ef(x,ξ)F(x)=\mathbb E f(x,\xi)F(x)=Ef(x,ξ) and the second-moment map is S(x)=E∇f(x,ξ)⊙2S(x)=\mathbb E\nabla f(x,\xi)^{\odot2}S(x)=E∇f(x,ξ)⊙2.

Given a step size γ>0\gamma>0γ>0, parameters α=αˉ(γ)\alpha=\bar\alpha(\gamma)α=αˉ(γ), β=βˉ(γ)\beta=\bar\beta(\gamma)β=βˉ​(γ) in [0,1)[0,1)[0,1) and ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, the Adam map Tγ,α,β(n,z,ξ)T_{\gamma,\alpha,\beta}(n,z,\xi)Tγ,α,β​(n,z,ξ) sends (x,m,v)(x,m,v)(x,m,v) to

(x−γ(1−αn)−1(αm+(1−α)∇f(x,ξ))ε+(1−βn)−1/2(βv+(1−β)∇f(x,ξ)⊙2)1/2, αm+(1−α)∇f(x,ξ), βv+(1−β)∇f(x,ξ)⊙2),\Big(x-\frac{\gamma(1-\alpha^n)^{-1}(\alpha m+(1-\alpha)\nabla f(x,\xi))}{\varepsilon+(1-\beta^n)^{-1/2}(\beta v+(1-\beta)\nabla f(x,\xi)^{\odot2})^{1/2}},\ \alpha m+(1-\alpha)\nabla f(x,\xi),\ \beta v+(1-\beta)\nabla f(x,\xi)^{\odot2}\Big),(x−ε+(1−βn)−1/2(βv+(1−β)∇f(x,ξ)⊙2)1/2γ(1−αn)−1(αm+(1−α)∇f(x,ξ))​, αm+(1−α)∇f(x,ξ), βv+(1−β)∇f(x,ξ)⊙2),

coordinatewise. The constant-step iterates are z0γ=(x0,0,0)z^\gamma_0=(x_0,0,0)z0γ​=(x0​,0,0) and znγ=Tγ,αˉ(γ),βˉ(γ)(n,zn−1γ,ξn)z^\gamma_n=T_{\gamma,\bar\alpha(\gamma),\bar\beta(\gamma)}(n,z^\gamma_{n-1},\xi_n)znγ​=Tγ,αˉ(γ),βˉ​(γ)​(n,zn−1γ​,ξn​), driven by iid samples ξ1,ξ2,…\xi_1,\xi_2,\dotsξ1​,ξ2​,… with law μ\muμ. The interpolated process zγ\mathsf z^\gammazγ is the piecewise linear function with zγ(nγ)=znγ\mathsf z^\gamma(n\gamma)=z^\gamma_nzγ(nγ)=znγ​.

The parameters satisfy (1−αˉ(γ))/γ→a>0(1-\bar\alpha(\gamma))/\gamma\to a>0(1−αˉ(γ))/γ→a>0 and (1−βˉ(γ))/γ→b>0(1-\bar\beta(\gamma))/\gamma\to b>0(1−βˉ​(γ))/γ→b>0 as γ↓0\gamma\downarrow0γ↓0, with b≤4ab\le4ab≤4a. The limiting Adam ODE is z˙(t)=h(t,z(t))\dot z(t)=h(t,z(t))z˙(t)=h(t,z(t)), z(0)=(x0,0,0)z(0)=(x_0,0,0)z(0)=(x0​,0,0), where for t>0t>0t>0

h(t,z)=(−(1−e−at)−1mε+(1−e−bt)−1v, a(∇F(x)−m), b(S(x)−v)).h(t,z)=\Big(-\frac{(1-e^{-at})^{-1}m}{\varepsilon+\sqrt{(1-e^{-bt})^{-1}v}},\ a(\nabla F(x)-m),\ b(S(x)-v)\Big).h(t,z)=(−ε+(1−e−bt)−1v​(1−e−at)−1m​, a(∇F(x)−m), b(S(x)−v)).

The vector field is singular at t=0t=0t=0. A global solution is a continuous map z:[0,∞)→Z+z:[0,\infty)\to\mathcal Z_+z:[0,∞)→Z+​, continuously differentiable on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), that satisfies the equation for every t>0t>0t>0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.3

Under the paper's assumptions (Assumptions 2.2 to 2.5, 4.1, and 4.2 ii) with p=2p=2p=2),

∀T>0, ∀δ>0,lim⁡γ↓0P(sup⁡t∈[0,T]∥zγ(t)−z(t)∥>δ)=0,\forall T>0,\ \forall\delta>0,\qquad \lim_{\gamma\downarrow0}\mathbb P\Big(\sup_{t\in[0,T]}\|\mathsf z^\gamma(t)-z(t)\|>\delta\Big)=0,∀T>0, ∀δ>0,γ↓0lim​P(t∈[0,T]sup​∥zγ(t)−z(t)∥>δ)=0,

where zzz is the global solution of the Adam ODE from (x0,0,0)(x_0,0,0)(x0​,0,0).

Milestones, in the order of the proof

  • Lemma 8.1. A uniform (1+s)(1+s)(1+s)-moment bound for the normalised increment Hγ(n+1,z,ξ)H_\gamma(n+1,z,\xi)Hγ​(n+1,z,ξ) over states whose debiased version eγ(n,z)e_\gamma(n,z)eγ​(n,z) lies in a ball.
  • Lemma 8.2. Uniform integrability of the increments of the truncated iterates zγ,Rz^{\gamma,R}zγ,R, which are stopped when the debiased iterate leaves the ball of radius RRR.
  • Lemma 8.3. Tightness of the truncated interpolated processes zγ,R\mathsf z^{\gamma,R}zγ,R in C([0,∞),Z)C([0,\infty),\mathcal Z)C([0,∞),Z), and vanishing in probability of the accumulated martingale noise.
  • Proposition 7.6. The debiased trajectories eˉ(t+η,z(t))\bar e(t+\eta,z(t))eˉ(t+η,z(t)) of the ODE stay in one compact set, and F(x(t))≤F(x0)F(x(t))\le F(x_0)F(x(t))≤F(x0​).
  • Lemma 8.4. The mean field hγ(φn,zn)h_\gamma(\varphi_n,z_n)hγ​(φn​,zn​) converges to h(t,z)h(t,z)h(t,z) when γφn→t\gamma\varphi_n\to tγφn​→t.
  • Proposition 7.12. The ODE has exactly one global solution.
  • Eq. (8.4). For R≥R0+1R\ge R_0+1R≥R0​+1, with R0=sup⁡t>0∥eˉ(t,z(t))∥R_0=\sup_{t>0}\|\bar e(t,z(t))\|R0​=supt>0​∥eˉ(t,z(t))∥, the truncated process converges in probability to zzz, uniformly on [0,T][0,T][0,T].

Significance

The theorem justifies the continuous-time model of Adam that the rest of the paper studies. The convergence of the ODE to critical points of FFF (Theorem 3.2) and its rates (Theorem 3.4) say something about the algorithm only through this approximation. It also isolates the role of the bias correction: the initial condition (x0,0,0)(x_0,0,0)(x0​,0,0) and the singular factors (1−e−at)−1(1-e^{-at})^{-1}(1−e−at)−1 are exactly the trace of the debiasing step. The result is also the first step towards the long-run statement, Theorem 4.5, which bounds the time the iterates spend away from the critical points as γ→0\gamma\to0γ→0.

The result is proved on paper. To the knowledge of the mission, none of it is machine-checked: there is no formal statement of Adam's dynamics on Prove2Me. A complete development would give a checked instance of the ODE method for a non-autonomous, non-Lipschitz limit field and a non-homogeneous Markov chain. The surrounding stochastic-approximation library (truncation by stopping, uniform integrability, tightness of interpolated processes, identification of limits by uniqueness) applies to other adaptive methods, such as RMSProp and AdaGrad variants, whose limits have the same structure.

Difficulty

The standard argument for constant-step stochastic approximation assumes a time-homogeneous mean field that is locally Lipschitz. Neither holds here. The mean field hγ(n,z)h_\gamma(n,z)hγ​(n,z) depends on the iteration index through the bias-correction factors (1−αˉ(γ)n)−1(1-\bar\alpha(\gamma)^n)^{-1}(1−αˉ(γ)n)−1. Its limit h(t,z)h(t,z)h(t,z) blows up as t↓0t\downarrow0t↓0, and it is not Lipschitz in vvv near v=0v=0v=0. A direct Gronwall comparison between the iterates and the ODE therefore fails at the origin of time, which is exactly where the iterates start.

The iterates are also not known to be bounded. Moment bounds are only available while the debiased iterate stays in a ball. This forces the truncation BRB_RBR​ and an argument that the truncation is asymptotically never triggered. That argument needs uniform-in-time bounds on the ODE solution (Proposition 7.6) and uniqueness of the solution (Proposition 7.12), and both rest on a Lyapunov function specific to the case b≤4ab\le4ab≤4a.

Formalization scope

  • Spaces and norm. Z\mathcal ZZ is E d × E d × E d with E d = EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). The paper's ∥z∥\|z\|∥z∥ is the Euclidean norm of R3d\mathbb R^{3d}R3d, written zNorm, not Mathlib's max norm on products.
  • Randomness. The probability space is explicit, with a probability measure P\mathbb PP. Independence of (ξn+1)n(\xi_{n+1})_n(ξn+1​)n​ is stated with iIndepFun. Every ξn\xi_nξn​ with n≥1n\ge1n≥1 has law μ\muμ, and ξ0\xi_0ξ0​ is unused.
  • Gradient. ∇f\nabla f∇f is a given function, measurable in ξ\xiξ, that equals the gradient of f(⋅,ξ)f(\cdot,\xi)f(⋅,ξ) for μ\muμ-almost every ξ\xiξ.
  • Expectations. Moments, the supremum in Lemma 8.1 and the uniform-integrability expectations are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. FFF, SSS and hγh_\gammahγ​ are Bochner integrals, which the hypotheses make integrable.
  • Solutions of the ODE. Solutions are maps R→Z\mathbb R\to\mathcal ZR→Z constrained only on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), and uniqueness means agreement on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). The deterministic Propositions 7.6 and 7.12 are stated for any FFF, SSS satisfying the paper's §7 hypotheses.
  • Limit and supremum. The limit is γ↓0\gamma\downarrow0γ↓0 (𝓝[>] 0). The event sup⁡t∈[0,T]∥⋅∥>δ\sup_{t\in[0,T]}\|\cdot\|>\deltasupt∈[0,T]​∥⋅∥>δ is written as ∃t∈[0,T], ∥⋅∥>δ\exists t\in[0,T],\ \|\cdot\|>\delta∃t∈[0,T], ∥⋅∥>δ, which is the same event.
  • Tightness. Tightness uses the paper's definition with the compact-open topology on C([0,∞),Z)C([0,\infty),\mathcal Z)C([0,∞),Z).
  • Corrections. Two corrections to the page are recorded in the items. Lemma 8.1 restricts its n=0n=0n=0 case to m=0m=0m=0, because as printed that case is false. Lemma 8.4 states the implicit regime γn→0\gamma_n\to0γn​→0.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out. TTT and δ\deltaδ are universally quantified before the limit and do not depend on γ\gammaγ. The limit is in γ\gammaγ, not in nnn at fixed γ\gammaγ; constant-step Adam does not converge in nnn. The solution zzz is tied to the FFF, SSS, aaa, bbb of the stochastic model. All hypotheses are satisfiable, for example by f(x,ξ)=12∥x∥2+ξ⟨1,x⟩f(x,\xi)=\tfrac12\|x\|^2+\xi\langle\mathbf 1,x\ranglef(x,ξ)=21​∥x∥2+ξ⟨1,x⟩ with ξ=±1\xi=\pm1ξ=±1 equiprobable.

A complete development needs:

  • the deterministic ODE theory of the companion missions (Lyapunov function, boundedness, uniqueness);
  • moment and uniform-integrability bounds;
  • a tightness criterion in C([0,∞),Z)C([0,\infty),\mathcal Z)C([0,∞),Z) (Arzelà–Ascoli);
  • Prokhorov's and Skorokhod's theorems, or a direct substitute;
  • dominated convergence for hγh_\gammahγ​.

Contributions to any of these, including reusable statements about interpolated processes, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Barakat and P. Bianchi, Convergence and Dynamical Behavior of the ADAM Algorithm for Nonconvex Stochastic Optimization, SIAM J. Math. Data Sci. 3(1), 2021; arXiv:1810.02263v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1810.02263
  • D. P. Kingma and J. Ba, Adam: A Method for Stochastic Optimization, ICLR, 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1412.6980
  • S. J. Reddi, S. Kale and S. Kumar, On the Convergence of Adam and Beyond, ICLR, 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1904.09237
  • M. Benaïm, Dynamics of stochastic approximation algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, LNM 1709, Springer, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0096509
  • P. Bianchi, W. Hachem and A. Salim, Constant step stochastic approximations involving differential inclusions: stability, long-run convergence and applications, Stochastics 91, 2019, pp. 288–320 (reference [6] of the paper; its Lemma 6.2 gives Lemma 8.3). https://arxiv.org/abs/1802.07981
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimal TransportProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributionally Robust Chance-Constrained Programs with Right-Hand Side Uncertainty under Wasserstein Ambiguity: The Reduced Quantile-Strengthened MIP (20) Is an Exact Reformulation of DR-CCPResearch Paper

Motivation

A chance-constrained program chooses a decision xxx so that a random vector ξ\xiξ falls outside a decision-dependent safety set S(x)\mathcal S(x)S(x) with probability at most ϵ\epsilonϵ. Chance constraints are a standard model for reliability requirements in power systems, supply chains and transportation, where a plan must survive random demand or supply with high probability. In practice the distribution of ξ\xiξ is known only through samples ξ1,…,ξN\xi_1, \dots, \xi_Nξ1​,…,ξN​, and the sample average approximation (SAA) that replaces it by the empirical distribution PN\mathbb P_NPN​ is sensitive to the particular sample.

Distributionally robust chance constraints regularize SAA by requiring the probability bound for every distribution within Wasserstein distance θ\thetaθ of PN\mathbb P_NPN​. Chen, Kuhn and Wiesemann (arXiv:1809.00210) and Xie (doi:10.1007/s10107-019-01445-5) showed that, for safety sets defined by linear inequalities, the resulting program (DR-CCP) is a mixed-integer linear program with a big-M constant. These big-M formulations are hard for solvers to close when θ\thetaθ is small. Ho-Nguyen, Kılınç-Karzan, Küçükyavuz and Lee (doi:10.1007/s10107-020-01605-y) connect the formulation to the mixing sets of SAA and to robust 0–1 programming, and derive a smaller and tighter formulation that is still exact.

Setting

The random vector lives in RK\mathbb R^KRK with an arbitrary norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥; in the formalization it is a finite-dimensional real normed space EEE. The dual norm of a linear functional bbb is ∥b∥∗=sup⁡∥ξ∥≤1b⊤ξ\|b\|_* = \sup_{\|\xi\| \le 1} b^\top \xi∥b∥∗​=sup∥ξ∥≤1​b⊤ξ. The decision xxx ranges over a set X⊆RL\mathcal X \subseteq \mathbb R^LX⊆RL.

The 1-Wasserstein distance between distributions P,P′\mathbb P, \mathbb P'P,P′ is the infimum of E∥ξ−ξ′∥\mathbb E\|\xi - \xi'\|E∥ξ−ξ′∥ over couplings of P\mathbb PP and P′\mathbb P'P′. The ambiguity set FN(θ)\mathcal F_N(\theta)FN​(θ) is the set of distributions within distance θ\thetaθ of PN=1N∑iδξi\mathbb P_N = \frac1N \sum_{i} \delta_{\xi_i}PN​=N1​∑i​δξi​​. The feasible region of (DR-CCP) is

XDR(S)={x∈X:sup⁡P∈FN(θ)P[ξ∉S(x)]≤ϵ}.\mathcal X_{\mathrm{DR}}(\mathcal S) = \Big\{x \in \mathcal X : \sup_{\mathbb P \in \mathcal F_N(\theta)} \mathbb P[\xi \notin \mathcal S(x)] \le \epsilon\Big\}.XDR​(S)={x∈X:P∈FN​(θ)sup​P[ξ∈/S(x)]≤ϵ}.

Throughout, ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon \in (0,1)ϵ∈(0,1) and θ>0\theta > 0θ>0 are fixed.

The paper studies joint chance constraints with right-hand side uncertainty: for p∈[P]p \in [P]p∈[P] there are ap∈RLa_p \in \mathbb R^Lap​∈RL, bpb_pbp​ and dp∈Rd_p \in \mathbb Rdp​∈R, and

S(x)={ξ:bp⊤ξ+dp−ap⊤x>0, p∈[P]}.\mathcal S(x) = \{\xi : b_p^\top \xi + d_p - a_p^\top x > 0,\ p \in [P]\}.S(x)={ξ:bp⊤​ξ+dp​−ap⊤​x>0, p∈[P]}.

Write gi,p(x)=(bp⊤ξi+dp−ap⊤x)/∥bp∥∗g_{i,p}(x) = (b_p^\top\xi_i + d_p - a_p^\top x)/\|b_p\|_*gi,p​(x)=(bp⊤​ξi​+dp​−ap⊤​x)/∥bp​∥∗​ and k=⌊ϵN⌋k = \lfloor \epsilon N \rfloork=⌊ϵN⌋. Let qpq_pqp​ be the (k+1)(k+1)(k+1)-th largest value among {−bp⊤ξi}i∈[N]\{-b_p^\top\xi_i\}_{i\in[N]}{−bp⊤​ξi​}i∈[N]​, and let [N]p={i:−bp⊤ξi>qp}[N]_p = \{i : -b_p^\top \xi_i > q_p\}[N]p​={i:−bp⊤​ξi​>qp​}.

The big-M formulation (5) of Chen et al. uses binaries z∈{0,1}Nz \in \{0,1\}^Nz∈{0,1}N, slacks r≥0r \ge 0r≥0 and a scalar t≥0t \ge 0t≥0 with

ϵt≥θ+1N∑iri,M(1−zi)≥t−ri,gi,p(x)+Mzi≥t−ri.\epsilon t \ge \theta + \tfrac1N \textstyle\sum_i r_i,\qquad M(1 - z_i) \ge t - r_i,\qquad g_{i,p}(x) + M z_i \ge t - r_i.ϵt≥θ+N1​∑i​ri​,M(1−zi​)≥t−ri​,gi,p​(x)+Mzi​≥t−ri​.

The paper's improved formulation (20) keeps the first two families, adds the knapsack constraint ∑izi≤k\sum_i z_i \le k∑i​zi​≤k, replaces MMM in the third family by hi,p=(−bp⊤ξi−qp)/∥bp∥∗h_{i,p} = (-b_p^\top\xi_i - q_p)/\|b_p\|_*hi,p​=(−bp⊤​ξi​−qp​)/∥bp​∥∗​, imposes it only for i∈[N]pi \in [N]_pi∈[N]p​, and adds (−qp+dp−ap⊤x)/∥bp∥∗≥t(-q_p + d_p - a_p^\top x)/\|b_p\|_* \ge t(−qp​+dp​−ap⊤​x)/∥bp​∥∗​≥t for every ppp.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 655)

XDR(S)={x∈X:∃ (z,r,t) satisfying (20b)–(20d)}.\mathcal X_{\mathrm{DR}}(\mathcal S) = \{x \in \mathcal X : \exists\,(z, r, t) \text{ satisfying (20b)–(20d)}\}.XDR​(S)={x∈X:∃(z,r,t) satisfying (20b)–(20d)}.

The goal states equality of feasible sets of xxx. Because the objective c⊤xc^\top xc⊤x depends on xxx alone, this is the paper's "exact reformulation".

Milestones, in attack order

  1. (4b), p. 646: dist⁡(ξ,S(x))=max⁡{0,min⁡p(bp⊤ξ+dp−ap⊤x)/∥bp∥∗}\operatorname{dist}(\xi, \mathcal S(x)) = \max\{0, \min_p (b_p^\top\xi + d_p - a_p^\top x)/\|b_p\|_*\}dist(ξ,S(x))=max{0,minp​(bp⊤​ξ+dp​−ap⊤​x)/∥bp​∥∗​}, where dist⁡(ξ,S)=inf⁡{∥ξ−ξ′∥:ξ′∉S}\operatorname{dist}(\xi, \mathcal S) = \inf\{\|\xi - \xi'\| : \xi' \notin \mathcal S\}dist(ξ,S)=inf{∥ξ−ξ′∥:ξ′∈/S} is (1).
  2. (3), p. 645: for open S(x)\mathcal S(x)S(x), XDR(S)\mathcal X_{\mathrm{DR}}(\mathcal S)XDR​(S) is the set of x∈Xx \in \mathcal Xx∈X admitting t≥0t \ge 0t≥0, r≥0r \ge 0r≥0 with dist⁡(ξi,S(x))≥t−ri\operatorname{dist}(\xi_i, \mathcal S(x)) \ge t - r_idist(ξi​,S(x))≥t−ri​ and ϵt≥θ+1N∑iri\epsilon t \ge \theta + \frac1N\sum_i r_iϵt≥θ+N1​∑i​ri​.
  3. (6), p. 646: XDR(S)={x∈X:(5b)–(5e)}\mathcal X_{\mathrm{DR}}(\mathcal S) = \{x \in \mathcal X : \text{(5b)–(5e)}\}XDR​(S)={x∈X:(5b)–(5e)}.
  4. Theorem 1, p. 648: adding ∑izi≤k\sum_i z_i \le k∑i​zi​≤k and gi,p(x)+Mzi≥0g_{i,p}(x) + M z_i \ge 0gi,p​(x)+Mzi​≥0 to (5) keeps it exact.
  5. Theorem 2, p. 651: replacing MMM in (5e) by hi,ph_{i,p}hi,p​, with the knapsack constraint, keeps it exact.
  6. Lemma 1, p. 653: for x∈XDR(S)x \in \mathcal X_{\mathrm{DR}}(\mathcal S)x∈XDR​(S), ttt may be taken equal to the (k+1)(k+1)(k+1)-th smallest of the distances dist⁡(ξi,S(x))\operatorname{dist}(\xi_i, \mathcal S(x))dist(ξi​,S(x)).
  7. Proposition 1, p. 654: for x∈XDR(S)x \in \mathcal X_{\mathrm{DR}}(\mathcal S)x∈XDR​(S), some solution of (17) also satisfies (−qp+dp−ap⊤x)/∥bp∥∗−t≥0(-q_p + d_p - a_p^\top x)/\|b_p\|_* - t \ge 0(−qp​+dp​−ap⊤​x)/∥bp​∥∗​−t≥0 for every ppp.

Milestones 2 and 3 are results of Chen, Kuhn and Wiesemann that this paper cites and uses, not results it proves.

Significance

Theorem 3 says that the scenario-wise big-M rows of the Wasserstein chance constraint can be replaced by at most ⌊ϵN⌋\lfloor\epsilon N\rfloor⌊ϵN⌋ rows per ppp, with coefficients computed from the data. Remark 2 of the paper counts at least ((1−ϵ)N−1)P((1-\epsilon)N - 1)P((1−ϵ)N−1)P fewer rows than (17). The reduced form exposes a robust 0–1 substructure, and the paper adapts Atamtürk's valid inequalities for it. Its computational study reports order-of-magnitude speed-ups on stochastic transportation problems.

The results are proved on paper; none is machine-checked. The formalization would give a verified chain from the Wasserstein worst-case probability to a finite mixed-integer system. Milestone (3), the dual reformulation, is reusable for any distributionally robust chance constraint over a 1-Wasserstein ball around an empirical distribution, and (4b) for any polyhedral safety set. A second formalization layer would verify the order-statistic arguments (Lemma 1, Proposition 1) used throughout the quantile-strengthening literature.

Difficulty

The deterministic parts — Theorems 1–3 given (3) and (4b) — are finite case analyses on zi∈{0,1}z_i \in \{0,1\}zi​∈{0,1}, but each step relies on order statistics of the sample with ties. Lemma 1 rests on the paper's "without loss of generality, sort the distances", and a formal proof must handle ties and the floor ⌊ϵN⌋\lfloor\epsilon N\rfloor⌊ϵN⌋ exactly. The paper's proof of Theorem 2 argues "at optimality"; for a statement about feasible sets that argument has to be replaced by an explicit choice of zzz.

The hard step is (3). It exchanges a supremum over all Borel probability measures in a Wasserstein ball for a scalar system. The naive attempt, which perturbs PN\mathbb P_NPN​ by moving mass from the samples to the nearest unsafe points, proves only one inclusion. The other needs strong duality for worst-case probabilities over transport balls, together with attainment of the dual infimum, which uses θ>0\theta > 0θ>0.

Formalization scope

  • The ξ-space is a type E with [NormedAddCommGroup E] [NormedSpace ℝ E] [FiniteDimensional ℝ E] and its Borel σ-algebra. The norm is arbitrary, not the sup norm of Fin K → ℝ.
  • Each bpb_pbp​ is a continuous linear functional (StrongDual ℝ E), so ∥bp∥∗\|b_p\|_*∥bp​∥∗​ is its operator norm.
  • Decisions are Fin L → ℝ, with ap⊤xa_p^\top xap⊤​x written a p ⬝ᵥ x. Indices are 0-based.
  • The worst-case probability is the published ModelRiskOT.WorstProb.worstProb with cost ∥u−v∥\|u - v\|∥u−v∥, valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], around the published WassersteinDRO.Duality.empiricalDistribution.
  • The distance (1) is Metric.infDist.
  • Binaries are reals with zi∈{0,1}z_i \in \{0,1\}zi​∈{0,1}.
  • Order statistics sort the multiset of values, so ties count with multiplicity.

Standing assumptions and pins in every statement:

  • N≥1N \ge 1N≥1, ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon \in (0,1)ϵ∈(0,1) and θ>0\theta > 0θ>0 (p. 645);
  • P≥1P \ge 1P≥1 and bp≠0b_p \neq 0bp​=0, which (4) needs;
  • for every statement involving MMM, one bound ∣bp⊤ξi+dp−ap⊤x∣/∥bp∥∗≤M|b_p^\top\xi_i + d_p - a_p^\top x|/\|b_p\|_* \le M∣bp⊤​ξi​+dp​−ap⊤​x∣/∥bp​∥∗​≤M over x∈Xx \in \mathcal Xx∈X and all i,pi, pi,p. This is Remark 1's (10), taken uniform in iii. It replaces the compactness of X\mathcal XX assumed on p. 642, which is not assumed;
  • for the general-S\mathcal SS milestone (3), S(x)\mathcal S(x)S(x) open with nonempty complement.

In (17b), the printed "(5b)–(5d) and (5c)" is read as "(5b)–(5d) and (8c)", following the proof of Theorem 2 and (20b).

Several trivializing formalizations are ruled out:

  • an empty or degenerate ball: N≥1N \ge 1N≥1 makes PN\mathbb P_NPN​ a probability measure inside its own ball;
  • a junk distance: the unsafe set is nonempty under the pins, so infDist never sees the empty set;
  • a junk order statistic: the rank kkk is below NNN;
  • a fixed norm;
  • a relaxation of zzz to [0,1][0,1][0,1], which is a different theorem.

Welcome contributions:

  • the 1-Wasserstein duality for indicator losses on empirical distributions;
  • order-statistic lemmas for the multiset sort;
  • the distance from a point to the complement of an open polyhedron in a normed space.

Selected references

  • N. Ho-Nguyen, F. Kılınç-Karzan, S. Küçükyavuz, D. Lee, Distributionally robust chance-constrained programs with right-hand side uncertainty under Wasserstein ambiguity, Mathematical Programming Ser. B 196 (2022) 641–672. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-020-01605-y
  • Z. Chen, D. Kuhn, W. Wiesemann, Data-driven chance constrained programs over Wasserstein balls, Operations Research (2024); preprint 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1809.00210
  • W. Xie, On distributionally robust chance constrained programs with Wasserstein distance, Mathematical Programming 186 (2021) 115–155. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-019-01445-5
  • J. Blanchet, K. Murthy, Quantifying distributional model risk via optimal transport, Mathematics of Operations Research 44 (2019) 565–600. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2018.0936
  • A. Atamtürk, Strong formulations of robust mixed 0–1 programming, Mathematical Programming 108 (2006) 235–250. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-006-0709-5
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimal TransportProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal Transport-Based Distributionally Robust Optimization: Structural Properties and Iterative Schemes 5: Worst-Case Displacements √δ G_δ Grow Monotonically in δ Along Straight LinesResearch Paper

Why radius sensitivity matters

A distributionally robust decision evaluates a rule against every data distribution within a specified transport budget of a baseline law. The budget is a modeling choice: increasing it expresses more uncertainty about the data. A robust objective value can increase with that budget, but the value alone does not describe how the adverse distribution changes. For a fixed linear decision, Blanchet, Murthy, and Zhang identify the worst-case distribution and ask what happens to each observation as the budget increases. Their Theorem 7 gives a sample-wise answer in a small-radius regime: adverse observations move along straight lines, and their distance from the original observations grows monotonically.

This matters when a robust solution is interpreted through its adverse scenarios. The result says that two nearby ambiguity budgets do not produce unrelated worst-case data sets. They produce a coherent family of transported observations whose directions are determined by the sign of the loss derivative. The theorem is a structural property of an optimal-transport ambiguity set, beyond a bound on its optimal value. It appears in a paper that also develops dual formulas and iterative optimization schemes for the same model Blanchet, Murthy, and Zhang, 2022.

Model and notation

Let XXX take values in Rd\mathbb R^dRd with baseline law P0P_0P0​. A decision β\betaβ belongs to a convex set B⊆RdB\subseteq\mathbb R^dB⊆Rd and incurs loss ℓ(β⊤X)\ell(\beta^\top X)ℓ(β⊤X). At each source point xxx, a positive-definite matrix A(x)A(x)A(x) defines the transport cost

c(x,x′)=(x−x′)⊤A(x)(x−x′).c(x,x')=(x-x')^\top A(x)(x-x').c(x,x′)=(x−x′)⊤A(x)(x−x′).

The matrix may depend on xxx, so movement can be cheaper in different directions and at different observations. The model requires lower semicontinuity of ccc and almost-sure lower and upper spectral bounds for A(x)A(x)A(x). A distribution PPP is within the ambiguity ball of radius δ>0\delta>0δ>0 when it can be coupled with P0P_0P0​ at expected cost at most δ\deltaδ. The worst-case objective is the supremum of EP[ℓ(β⊤X)]E_P[\ell(\beta^\top X)]EP​[ℓ(β⊤X)] over that ball. In Lean, the equivalent coupling formulation records a joint law π\piπ with first marginal P0P_0P0​, second marginal PPP, and cost at most δ\deltaδ.

The paper reduces the worst-case calculation to a dual objective fδ(β,λ)f_\delta(\beta,\lambda)fδ​(β,λ), where λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0 prices the transport budget. Its pointwise term ℓrob(β,λ;x)\ell_{\rm rob}(\beta,\lambda;x)ℓrob​(β,λ;x) is the supremum over a scalar γ\gammaγ of the function F(γ,β,λ;x)F(\gamma,\beta,\lambda;x)F(γ,β,λ;x) in display (7). The set of maximizing scalars is Γ∗(β,λ;x)\Gamma^*(\beta,\lambda;x)Γ∗(β,λ;x). A scalar maximizer Gδ(x)G_\delta(x)Gδ​(x) produces a transported observation

Xδ∗=x+δ Gδ(x)A(x)−1β.X^*_\delta=x+\sqrt\delta\,G_\delta(x)A(x)^{-1}\beta.Xδ∗​=x+δ​Gδ​(x)A(x)−1β.

Assumptions 2–4 require a convex loss with controlled growth, a fourth moment of P0P_0P0​, bounded second derivatives of the loss, a nondegenerate loss derivative, and compactness of BBB. The statement here also uses Assumption 5, local strong convexity with a positive-probability nondegeneracy condition. The paper’s proof of Theorem 7 uses that condition through its small-radius strong-convexity result Theorems 4 and 7.

Formalization targets

For each fixed β∈B∖{0}\beta\in B\setminus\{0\}β∈B∖{0}, the goal asserts that there is a common threshold δ1>0\delta_1>0δ1​>0 and a family GδG_\deltaGδ​ such that the law of Xδ∗X^*_\deltaXδ∗​ is the unique worst-case distribution for every 0<δ<δ10<\delta<\delta_10<δ<δ1​. For any pair 0<δ<δ′<δ10<\delta<\delta'<\delta_10<δ<δ′<δ1​, it asserts, P0P_0P0​-almost surely,

0<δ Gδ<δ′ Gδ′if ℓ′(β⊤X)>0,δ′ Gδ′<δ Gδ<0if ℓ′(β⊤X)<0,Gδ=0if ℓ′(β⊤X)=0.\begin{aligned} 0&<\sqrt\delta\,G_\delta<\sqrt{\delta'}\,G_{\delta'} &&\text{if }\ell'(\beta^\top X)>0,\\ \sqrt{\delta'}\,G_{\delta'}&<\sqrt\delta\,G_\delta<0 &&\text{if }\ell'(\beta^\top X)<0,\\ G_\delta&=0 &&\text{if }\ell'(\beta^\top X)=0. \end{aligned}0δ′​Gδ′​Gδ​​<δ​Gδ​<δ′​Gδ′​<δ​Gδ​<0=0​​if ℓ′(β⊤X)>0,if ℓ′(β⊤X)<0,if ℓ′(β⊤X)=0.​

Consequently,

∥Xδ∗−X∥≤∥Xδ′∗−X∥.\|X^*_\delta-X\|\le\|X^*_{\delta'}-X\|.∥Xδ∗​−X∥≤∥Xδ′∗​−X∥.

The goal keeps the uniqueness and primal attainment clauses together with these comparisons. The milestones follow the paper’s prerequisites: the optimizer and curvature bounds of Proposition 9, the unique worst-case law of Theorem 6(e), uniqueness of the dual minimizer at small radius, and the sign of the pointwise maximizer. Each has its own statement so solvers can use it elsewhere.

What the result establishes

The theorem gives a consistent interpretation of changes in the ambiguity radius. If the loss increases locally in the decision direction, an adverse observation moves farther in that direction; if the loss decreases, it moves farther in the opposite direction; at a stationary score it stays put. The corresponding displacement norm is monotone for each radius pair, almost surely. This is stronger than monotonicity of the worst-case objective value: it describes the geometry of a family of optimizers, not only their values.

The paper proves the result in §5.4. The work of this mission is to formalize its hypotheses, optimality claims, and sample-wise inequalities in Lean. The published ModelRiskOT.Duality coupling definitions already give a reusable primal interface; this mission adds the state-dependent quadratic cost, the scalar dual model, its small-radius regions, and the comparative-statics statements. The proof obligations remain open in this draft. Their formalization would also make the dual optimizer bounds and the deterministic transport representation reusable in later optimal-transport DRO developments.

Where the mathematical difficulty sits

The worst-case value being monotone in δ\deltaδ does not force a particular worst-case distribution, or each observation in one, to move monotonically. The theorem needs a unique worst-case law and a coherent choice of pointwise maximizers as δ\deltaδ varies. The scalar maximizer depends on both the radius and the dual price, while the optimal dual price itself changes with the radius. The paper’s small-radius conditions keep this joint variation controlled. Without uniqueness, two optimal laws could differ even at the same radius, and a sample-wise comparison would have no fixed object to compare.

The result also involves several layers of almost-sure reasoning. Spectral bounds on A(x)A(x)A(x) hold only outside a null set; the relevant maximizer and its transported law must be measurable enough to define pushforwards and expectations. These conditions must be carried through the theorem without silently replacing an almost-sure claim by a pointwise one.

Formalization scope

Vectors use EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), and the baseline is a Borel probability measure. The decision set is convex and compact and is explicitly nonempty. Assumption 1 gives positive definiteness of A(x)A(x)A(x) everywhere, lower semicontinuity of the cost, and almost-sure uniform spectral bounds. The loss satisfies Assumptions 2–5. The fourth moment in Assumption 2 and the bounds on ℓ′′\ell''ℓ′′ control the integrals used by the dual theory. A positive ambiguity radius is required whenever its square root appears.

The dual terms ℓrob\ell_{\rm rob}ℓrob​ and fδf_\deltafδ​ use extended-real values, since the pointwise supremum can be infinite. The worst-case value is a supremum over feasible couplings, with signed loss integrated using the published extended-real integral. A graph coupling witnesses attainment, and every optimal coupling must have the same second marginal. This ties the family GδG_\deltaGδ​ to the actual worst-case distribution rather than an arbitrary monotone scalar field. Almost-everywhere measurability of GδG_\deltaGδ​ and the transport map is part of the conclusion.

The radius δ\deltaδ varies inside the goal. The threshold δ1\delta_1δ1​ is chosen before any radius pair, and the comparisons are stated almost surely for each pair. The paper prints Theorem 7 under Assumptions 1–4 while referring to δ1\delta_1δ1​ and invoking Theorem 4, which uses Assumption 5; this mission includes Assumption 5 explicitly. It also reads the singleton clause of Theorem 6(e) almost surely, because its threshold is an essential supremum, and uses a non-strict lower curvature bound in Proposition 9(b), as its proof permits. Contributions on the small-radius dual theory, measurable maximizers, primal attainment, and the radius comparisons are all within scope.

Selected references

  • J. Blanchet, K. Murthy, and F. Zhang, Optimal Transport-Based Distributionally Robust Optimization: Structural Properties and Iterative Schemes, Mathematics of Operations Research 47(2), 2022. arXiv:1810.02403v3.
  • J. Blanchet and K. Murthy, Quantifying Distributional Model Risk via Optimal Transport, Mathematics of Operations Research 44(2), 2019. arXiv:1604.01446v2.
16 thms1 active userReviewed
Captain: mikedeng1

A Unified Convergence Analysis of Block Successive Minimization Methods for Nonsmooth Optimization I: Every Limit Point of the SUM Algorithm Is a Stationary PointResearch Paper

Motivation

Many algorithms in signal processing, statistics and machine learning share one template: replace a hard objective fff by a simpler function u(⋅,y)u(\cdot,y)u(⋅,y) that lies above fff and touches it at the current point yyy, minimise that surrogate, and repeat. The expectation–maximisation (EM) algorithm, difference-of-convex (DC) programming, proximal minimisation and many majorisation–minimisation schemes are of this form. Razaviyayn, Hong and Luo (arXiv:1209.2385; SIAM J. Optim. 23 (2013) 1126–1153) call the single-block version Successive Upper-bound Minimization (SUM) and give a short set of conditions on the surrogate under which every limit point of the iterates is a stationary point, without convexity or smoothness of fff.

Their single-block result, Theorem 1, is the base case of the paper. The block versions (BSUM, and block successive convex approximation with Armijo steps) are the subjects of the next two missions in this series. Earlier convergence results for related schemes were weaker: the inner approximation algorithm of Marks and Wright (1978), cited on p. 5–6 of the paper, guarantees stationarity only if the whole sequence converges, and only for smooth objectives.

Setting

Let X⊆Rm\mathcal X\subseteq\mathbb R^mX⊆Rm be a closed convex set and f:Rm→Rf:\mathbb R^m\to\mathbb Rf:Rm→R an objective whose relevant values are those on X\mathcal XX (the paper assumes dom⁡f=X\operatorname{dom} f=\mathcal Xdomf=X). The problem is

min⁡x f(x)s.t.x∈X.(2)\min_x\ f(x)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad x\in\mathcal X. \tag{2}xmin​ f(x)s.t.x∈X.(2)

The directional derivative of a function hhh at xxx in direction ddd is the lower limit

h′(x;d)=lim inf⁡λ↓0h(x+λd)−h(x)λ,h'(x;d)=\liminf_{\lambda\downarrow 0}\frac{h(x+\lambda d)-h(x)}{\lambda},h′(x;d)=λ↓0liminf​λh(x+λd)−h(x)​,

an extended real number. A point zzz is a stationary point of (2) if z∈Xz\in\mathcal Xz∈X and f′(z;d)≥0f'(z;d)\ge 0f′(z;d)≥0 for every ddd with z+d∈Xz+d\in\mathcal Xz+d∈X; the set of stationary points is X∗\mathcal X^*X∗.

An approximation function u:Rm×Rm→Ru:\mathbb R^m\times\mathbb R^m\to\mathbb Ru:Rm×Rm→R satisfies Assumption 1 if

  • (A1) u(y,y)=f(y)u(y,y)=f(y)u(y,y)=f(y) for all y∈Xy\in\mathcal Xy∈X;
  • (A2) u(x,y)≥f(x)u(x,y)\ge f(x)u(x,y)≥f(x) for all x,y∈Xx,y\in\mathcal Xx,y∈X;
  • (A3) u′(x,y;d)∣x=y=f′(y;d)u'(x,y;d)\big|_{x=y}=f'(y;d)u′(x,y;d)​x=y​=f′(y;d) for all y∈Xy\in\mathcal Xy∈X and all ddd with y+d∈Xy+d\in\mathcal Xy+d∈X, the derivative being taken in the first argument only;
  • (A4) uuu is continuous in (x,y)(x,y)(x,y).

The SUM algorithm starts from x0∈Xx^0\in\mathcal Xx0∈X and, for r=0,1,2,…r=0,1,2,\dotsr=0,1,2,…, sets xr+1x^{r+1}xr+1 to an arbitrary element of arg⁡min⁡x∈Xu(x,xr)\arg\min_{x\in\mathcal X}u(x,x^r)argminx∈X​u(x,xr). A limit point of the iterates is the limit of some subsequence xrjx^{r_j}xrj​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 7)

Under Assumption 1, every limit point zzz of the iterates generated by the SUM algorithm is a stationary point of (2):

z∈Xandf′(z;d)≥0∀ d∈Rm with z+d∈X.z\in\mathcal X\quad\text{and}\quad f'(z;d)\ge 0\qquad\forall\, d\in\mathbb R^m\text{ with } z+d\in\mathcal X .z∈Xandf′(z;d)≥0∀d∈Rm with z+d∈X.

The theorem asserts nothing about existence of limit points or of minimisers of the subproblems; it holds for every run the algorithm can produce.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 1, pp. 7–8)

  1. Descent, (10)–(11): f(xr+1)≤u(xr+1,xr)≤u(xr,xr)=f(xr)f(x^{r+1})\le u(x^{r+1},x^r)\le u(x^r,x^r)=f(x^r)f(xr+1)≤u(xr+1,xr)≤u(xr,xr)=f(xr) for all rrr, hence f(x0)≥f(x1)≥⋯f(x^0)\ge f(x^1)\ge\cdotsf(x0)≥f(x1)≥⋯.
  2. Limit minimality: a limit point zzz lies in X\mathcal XX and u(z,z)≤u(x,z)u(z,z)\le u(x,z)u(z,z)≤u(x,z) for all x∈Xx\in\mathcal Xx∈X.
  3. First-order condition: if z∈Xz\in\mathcal Xz∈X minimises u(⋅,z)u(\cdot,z)u(⋅,z) over X\mathcal XX then u′(x,z;d)∣x=z≥0u'(x,z;d)\big|_{x=z}\ge 0u′(x,z;d)​x=z​≥0 for all ddd with z+d∈Xz+d\in\mathcal Xz+d∈X.

Companion statements

  • Corollary 1 (p. 8): if the level set X0={x∣f(x)≤f(x0)}\mathcal X^0=\{x\mid f(x)\le f(x^0)\}X0={x∣f(x)≤f(x0)} is compact, then lim⁡r→∞d(xr,X∗)=0\lim_{r\to\infty} d(x^r,\mathcal X^*)=0limr→∞​d(xr,X∗)=0.
  • Proposition 1 (p. 6): if f=f0+f1f=f_0+f_1f=f0​+f1​ with f0f_0f0​ continuously differentiable and f1f_1f1​ directionally differentiable on X\mathcal XX, and u=u0+f1u=u_0+f_1u=u0​+f1​ with u0u_0u0​ continuously differentiable, u0(y,y)=f0(y)u_0(y,y)=f_0(y)u0​(y,y)=f0​(y) and u0(x,y)≥f0(x)u_0(x,y)\ge f_0(x)u0​(x,y)≥f0​(x) on X\mathcal XX, then (A1)–(A3) hold.

Significance

Theorem 1 reduces the convergence analysis of an entire family of algorithms to checking four properties of a surrogate. Proposition 1 makes (A3) checkable in the common composite case "smooth plus nonsmooth": majorise only the smooth part and keep the nonsmooth part unchanged. Corollary 1 turns the limit-point statement into convergence of the whole sequence to the stationary set when the level set is compact. The block-coordinate results of the same paper (Theorems 2–4) reuse the structure of this argument block by block.

The results are proved on paper; to our knowledge none of them has a machine-checked proof. A formal development would supply a reusable account of extended-real lower directional derivatives on convex sets, the first-order necessary condition for constrained minimisers in that generality, and the limit-point argument for descent methods with a continuous surrogate, all of which recur in the analysis of block coordinate and majorisation–minimisation methods.

Difficulty

The argument is short, and the difficulty lies in its precise use of the hypotheses. The surrogate inequality must be passed to the limit along a subsequence, and only joint continuity of uuu (A4) on X×X\mathcal X\times\mathcal XX×X allows this: fff itself is not assumed continuous, so the natural first idea of passing f(xrj)f(x^{r_j})f(xrj​) to the limit is not available. The derivative is a liminf in the extended reals, so it may be ±∞\pm\infty±∞, and the comparison between uuu and fff is made only through (A3) at the single point x=yx=yx=y and only in feasible directions. For Proposition 1, (4)–(5) give only a one-sided inequality between the derivatives of u0(⋅,y)u_0(\cdot,y)u0​(⋅,y) and f0f_0f0​ at yyy, because yyy may lie on the boundary of X\mathcal XX; equality needs an argument at interior points of a feasible segment and the continuity of the derivatives.

Formalization scope

The space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin m) (the 2-norm of p. 4). The directional derivative is the published TsengBCD.Stationary.dirDeriv (Tseng 2001), an EReal-valued liminf over λ↓0\lambda\downarrow 0λ↓0, used as a reference item. The definitions module BSUMConv.SUM.Setting provides IsStationaryOn, stationarySet, AssumptionA1–AssumptionA4, Assumption1, the run predicate IsSUMRun and the level set levelSet0.

Conventions committed to:

  • fff and uuu are real functions on the whole space; the page's dom⁡f=X\operatorname{dom} f=\mathcal Xdomf=X is reflected by testing only feasible directions and by intersecting the level set X0\mathcal X^0X0 with X\mathcal XX.
  • (A4) is continuity of uuu on X×X\mathcal X\times\mathcal XX×X, the only domain on which the page uses uuu.
  • A SUM run is a predicate on sequences: x0∈Xx^0\in\mathcal Xx0∈X and each xr+1x^{r+1}xr+1 is some minimiser of u(⋅,xr)u(\cdot,x^r)u(⋅,xr) over X\mathcal XX. Existence of minimisers is not assumed.
  • "Limit point" is a cluster point of the sequence (MapClusterPt), not the limit of a convergent sequence.
  • lim⁡rd(xr,X∗)=0\lim_r d(x^r,\mathcal X^*)=0limr​d(xr,X∗)=0 is stated as "for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, eventually some stationary point is within ε\varepsilonε of xrx^rxr", which avoids a distance to a possibly empty set.
  • In Proposition 1, "continuously differentiable" means C1C^1C1 on the whole space (jointly in (x,y)(x,y)(x,y) for u0u_0u0​), and "the directional derivative of f1f_1f1​ exists at every point x∈Xx\in\mathcal Xx∈X" means a finite one-sided limit in every feasible direction.
  • Closedness and convexity of X\mathcal XX, standing assumptions of (2), are hypotheses of Theorem 1, Corollary 1 and Proposition 1; the milestones carry only the ones their step uses.
  • The text of (10) attributes step (i) to (A1) and the final equality to (A2) and writes xt+1x^{t+1}xt+1; the formal statements use the hypotheses where they are actually needed.

The statements cannot be trivialised: Assumption 1 is satisfiable (for instance by the proximal surrogate u(x,y)=f(x)+12c∥x−y∥2u(x,y)=f(x)+\tfrac1{2c}\|x-y\|^2u(x,y)=f(x)+2c1​∥x−y∥2 of §VIII-B for suitable fff), stationarity is a genuine condition (it fails for ∥x∥\|x\|∥x∥ at any x≠0x\neq 0x=0 on Rm\mathbb R^mRm), and Theorem 1 is about every cluster point, not about runs assumed convergent. Contributions welcome: proofs of the three milestones, of Theorem 1 from them, and of the two companion statements; general lemmas about dirDeriv (constants, sums with a function having a finite one-sided derivative, first-order conditions on convex sets) are reusable across this series.

Selected references

  • M. Razaviyayn, M. Hong, Z.-Q. Luo, A unified convergence analysis of block successive minimization methods for nonsmooth optimization, arXiv:1209.2385v1, 2012; SIAM J. Optim. 23(2) (2013) 1126–1153. https://arxiv.org/abs/1209.2385 , https://doi.org/10.1137/120891009
  • P. Tseng, Convergence of a block coordinate descent method for nondifferentiable minimization, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 109 (2001) 475–494. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1017501703105
  • B. R. Marks, G. P. Wright, A general inner approximation algorithm for nonconvex mathematical programs, Oper. Res. 26(4) (1978) 681–683. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.26.4.681
  • A. P. Dempster, N. M. Laird, D. B. Rubin, Maximum likelihood from incomplete data via the EM algorithm, J. R. Stat. Soc. B 39 (1977) 1–38. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1977.tb01600.x
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningNumerical AnalysisOptimal Transport·Captain: mikedeng1

Computational Optimal Transport VIII: Sinkhorn's Scalings Contract by λ(K)² per Iteration in Hilbert's Projective MetricTextbook

Why Sinkhorn's algorithm needs a convergence rate

Sinkhorn's algorithm is the standard method for computing entropically regularized optimal transport between two histograms. It is used throughout machine learning, statistics, imaging and graphics because each iteration is two matrix–vector products followed by entrywise divisions, which parallelize on GPUs and differentiate easily. The same iteration, under the names matrix scaling, RAS or iterative proportional fitting, has been used since the 1930s in transportation planning, economics and contingency-table analysis. Whether the iteration converges, and how fast, determines how many iterations a practitioner must run and which stopping criteria are reliable.

This mission formalizes the global convergence analysis of Sinkhorn's algorithm as presented in Chapter 4 (§4.2, Remarks 4.12–4.14) of G. Peyré and M. Cuturi, Computational Optimal Transport (2019).

Timeline. Sinkhorn (1964) proved that a positive matrix can be scaled to be doubly stochastic, and Sinkhorn and Knopp (1967) extended this to prescribed marginals. Birkhoff (1957) and Samelson (1957) independently showed that a positive linear map is a strict contraction of the positive cone for Hilbert's projective metric, with an explicit ratio. Franklin and Lorenz (1989) combined the two to prove that Sinkhorn's scalings converge linearly in Hilbert's metric at rate λ(K)2\lambda(K)^2λ(K)2. Linial, Samorodnitsky and Wigderson (1998) related the iteration to the permanent.

Setting

Fix n,m≥1n, m \ge 1n,m≥1, a matrix K∈Rn×mK \in \mathbb{R}^{n\times m}K∈Rn×m with positive entries (in the book, the Gibbs kernel Ki,j=e−Ci,j/εK_{i,j} = e^{-C_{i,j}/\varepsilon}Ki,j​=e−Ci,j​/ε), and vectors a∈Rna \in \mathbb{R}^na∈Rn, b∈Rmb \in \mathbb{R}^mb∈Rm with positive entries. Products ⊙\odot⊙ and quotients of vectors are entrywise. The regularized transport plan has the form P=diag(u)Kdiag(v)P = \mathrm{diag}(u)K\mathrm{diag}(v)P=diag(u)Kdiag(v), where the scalings u,vu, vu,v solve

u⊙(Kv)=a,v⊙(K⊤u)=b.(4.14)u \odot (Kv) = a, \qquad v \odot (K^\top u) = b. \tag{4.14}u⊙(Kv)=a,v⊙(K⊤u)=b.(4.14)

Sinkhorn's algorithm alternately enforces each equation:

v(0)=1m,u(ℓ+1)=aKv(ℓ),v(ℓ+1)=bK⊤u(ℓ+1).(4.15)v^{(0)} = \mathbb{1}_m,\qquad u^{(\ell+1)} = \frac{a}{Kv^{(\ell)}},\qquad v^{(\ell+1)} = \frac{b}{K^\top u^{(\ell+1)}}. \tag{4.15}v(0)=1m​,u(ℓ+1)=Kv(ℓ)a​,v(ℓ+1)=K⊤u(ℓ+1)b​.(4.15)

For vectors with positive entries, Hilbert's projective metric is

dH(u,u′)=log⁡max⁡i,juiuj′ujui′,d_{\mathcal H}(u,u') = \log\max_{i,j}\frac{u_i u'_j}{u_j u'_i},dH​(u,u′)=logi,jmax​uj​ui′​ui​uj′​​,

which vanishes exactly when uuu and u′u'u′ are proportional, and equals the variation seminorm ∥log⁡u−log⁡u′∥var\|\log u - \log u'\|_{\mathrm{var}}∥logu−logu′∥var​ with ∥f∥var=max⁡ifi−min⁡ifi\|f\|_{\mathrm{var}} = \max_i f_i - \min_i f_i∥f∥var​=maxi​fi​−mini​fi​. Birkhoff's constants of KKK are

η(K)=max⁡i,j,k,ℓKi,kKj,ℓKj,kKi,ℓ,λ(K)=η(K)−1η(K)+1.\eta(K) = \max_{i,j,k,\ell}\frac{K_{i,k}K_{j,\ell}}{K_{j,k}K_{i,\ell}},\qquad \lambda(K) = \frac{\sqrt{\eta(K)}-1}{\sqrt{\eta(K)}+1}.η(K)=i,j,k,ℓmax​Kj,k​Ki,ℓ​Ki,k​Kj,ℓ​​,λ(K)=η(K)​+1η(K)​−1​.

Write P(ℓ)=diag(u(ℓ))Kdiag(v(ℓ))P^{(\ell)} = \mathrm{diag}(u^{(\ell)})K\mathrm{diag}(v^{(\ell)})P(ℓ)=diag(u(ℓ))Kdiag(v(ℓ)) and P⋆=diag(u⋆)Kdiag(v⋆)P^\star = \mathrm{diag}(u^\star)K\mathrm{diag}(v^\star)P⋆=diag(u⋆)Kdiag(v⋆) for a positive solution (u⋆,v⋆)(u^\star, v^\star)(u⋆,v⋆) of (4.14).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2 (Franklin–Lorenz)

For every ℓ\ellℓ,

dH(v(ℓ),v⋆)≤λ(K)2ℓ dH(v(0),v⋆),dH(u(ℓ+1),u⋆)≤λ(K)2ℓ+1 dH(v(0),v⋆),d_{\mathcal H}(v^{(\ell)}, v^\star) \le \lambda(K)^{2\ell}\, d_{\mathcal H}(v^{(0)}, v^\star),\qquad d_{\mathcal H}(u^{(\ell+1)}, u^\star) \le \lambda(K)^{2\ell+1}\, d_{\mathcal H}(v^{(0)}, v^\star),dH​(v(ℓ),v⋆)≤λ(K)2ℓdH​(v(0),v⋆),dH​(u(ℓ+1),u⋆)≤λ(K)2ℓ+1dH​(v(0),v⋆),

so both distances tend to 000; for ℓ≥1\ell \ge 1ℓ≥1,

dH(u(ℓ),u⋆)≤dH(P(ℓ)1m,a)1−λ(K)2,max⁡i,j∣log⁡Pi,j(ℓ)−log⁡Pi,j⋆∣≤dH(u(ℓ),u⋆)+dH(v(ℓ),v⋆),d_{\mathcal H}(u^{(\ell)}, u^\star) \le \frac{d_{\mathcal H}(P^{(\ell)}\mathbb{1}_m, a)}{1-\lambda(K)^2},\qquad \max_{i,j}\big|\log P^{(\ell)}_{i,j} - \log P^\star_{i,j}\big| \le d_{\mathcal H}(u^{(\ell)},u^\star) + d_{\mathcal H}(v^{(\ell)},v^\star),dH​(u(ℓ),u⋆)≤1−λ(K)2dH​(P(ℓ)1m​,a)​,i,jmax​​logPi,j(ℓ)​−logPi,j⋆​​≤dH​(u(ℓ),u⋆)+dH​(v(ℓ),v⋆),

and for ℓ≥0\ell \ge 0ℓ≥0 the mirrored bound for v(ℓ)v^{(\ell)}v(ℓ) with the half-step coupling diag(u(ℓ+1))Kdiag(v(ℓ))\mathrm{diag}(u^{(\ell+1)})K\mathrm{diag}(v^{(\ell)})diag(u(ℓ+1))Kdiag(v(ℓ)). The book writes the rate as O(λ(K)2ℓ)O(\lambda(K)^{2\ell})O(λ(K)2ℓ); the constants stated are those its proof yields.

Milestones, in attack order

  1. (4.21): dH(u,u′)=∥log⁡u−log⁡u′∥vard_{\mathcal H}(u,u') = \|\log u - \log u'\|_{\mathrm{var}}dH​(u,u′)=∥logu−logu′∥var​.
  2. Remark 4.12: dHd_{\mathcal H}dH​ is a distance on rays (triangle inequality; zero exactly on proportional vectors).
  3. Invariances: dH(v,v′)=dH(v/v′,1)=dH(1/v,1/v′)d_{\mathcal H}(v,v') = d_{\mathcal H}(v/v',\mathbb{1}) = d_{\mathcal H}(\mathbb{1}/v,\mathbb{1}/v')dH​(v,v′)=dH​(v/v′,1)=dH​(1/v,1/v′) and invariance under positive diagonal scaling.
  4. Theorem 4.1 (Birkhoff–Hopf): dH(Kv,Kv′)≤λ(K) dH(v,v′)d_{\mathcal H}(Kv,Kv') \le \lambda(K)\,d_{\mathcal H}(v,v')dH​(Kv,Kv′)≤λ(K)dH​(v,v′) and λ(K)<1\lambda(K) < 1λ(K)<1.
  5. One half-step contracts by λ(K)\lambda(K)λ(K): dH(u(ℓ+1),u⋆)≤λ(K) dH(v(ℓ),v⋆)d_{\mathcal H}(u^{(\ell+1)},u^\star) \le \lambda(K)\,d_{\mathcal H}(v^{(\ell)},v^\star)dH​(u(ℓ+1),u⋆)≤λ(K)dH​(v(ℓ),v⋆), and the vvv-analogue.
  6. The display behind (4.23): dH(u(ℓ),u⋆)≤dH(a,u(ℓ)⊙Kv(ℓ))+λ(K)2dH(u(ℓ),u⋆)d_{\mathcal H}(u^{(\ell)},u^\star) \le d_{\mathcal H}(a, u^{(\ell)}\odot Kv^{(\ell)}) + \lambda(K)^2 d_{\mathcal H}(u^{(\ell)},u^\star)dH​(u(ℓ),u⋆)≤dH​(a,u(ℓ)⊙Kv(ℓ))+λ(K)2dH​(u(ℓ),u⋆), and its mirror.

Significance

The result. Theorem 4.2 gives a global linear rate that holds from the first iteration, independent of the starting point, with a ratio computable from KKK alone. Through (4.21) the rate transfers to the dual potentials εlog⁡u(ℓ)\varepsilon\log u^{(\ell)}εlogu(ℓ), and the bounds (4.23) turn the marginal violations P(ℓ)1mP^{(\ell)}\mathbb{1}_mP(ℓ)1m​ versus aaa — which are computed anyway — into certified stopping criteria. Theorem 4.1 alone also yields a quantitative Perron–Frobenius theorem (Remark 4.13).

Formalizing it. All results here are classical and proved in the literature (Birkhoff 1957; Franklin–Lorenz 1989); Theorem 4.1 is quoted by the book without proof. To our knowledge neither Hilbert's projective metric on the positive cone, the Birkhoff–Hopf theorem, nor the convergence rate of Sinkhorn's algorithm has a machine-checked proof in Mathlib. The mission produces a reusable development of dHd_{\mathcal H}dH​ and Birkhoff's contraction theorem, and a certified rate and stopping rule for the most widely used optimal-transport solver.

Difficulty

Milestones 1–3 and 5–6 are finite manipulations of maxima of ratios. The central difficulty is Theorem 4.1. The obvious argument — bound (Kv)i/(Kv′)i(Kv)_i/(Kv')_i(Kv)i​/(Kv′)i​ entrywise by max⁡kvk/vk′\max_k v_k/v'_kmaxk​vk​/vk′​ — only shows that KKK is non-expansive (λ≤1\lambda \le 1λ≤1); it loses the strict contraction entirely. The sharp ratio (η−1)/(η+1)(\sqrt{\eta}-1)/(\sqrt{\eta}+1)(η​−1)/(η​+1) depends on how KKK acts on the two vectors jointly, which the entrywise argument does not see. The book quotes the theorem without proof, so the argument has to be supplied from Birkhoff's original paper or later expositions.

Formalization scope

Lean namespace CompOT.Sinkhorn. Indices are 000-based (Fin n, Fin m); vectors are functions Fin n → ℝ, matrices Matrix (Fin n) (Fin m) ℝ, and ⊙\odot⊙ and /// are the pointwise operations on functions. dHd_{\mathcal H}dH​, η\etaη and ∥⋅∥var\|\cdot\|_{\mathrm{var}}∥⋅∥var​ use real iSup/iInf over the finite index sets. Every theorem assumes 0<n0 < n0<n, 0<m0 < m0<m and positive entries for KKK, aaa, bbb and every vector passed to dHd_{\mathcal H}dH​, which excludes Lean's junk values for division by zero and logarithms of non-positive numbers. Sinkhorn's algorithm is a run predicate (IsSinkhornRun) stating the recursion (4.15) with v(0)=1mv^{(0)} = \mathbb{1}_mv(0)=1m​; u(0)u^{(0)}u(0) is not an iterate and is unconstrained. The solution (u⋆,v⋆)(u^\star, v^\star)(u⋆,v⋆) is any positive solution of (4.14), taken as a hypothesis (it exists iff ∑iai=∑jbj\sum_i a_i = \sum_j b_j∑i​ai​=∑j​bj​); the book's histograms are probability vectors, but only positivity is used. P⋆P^\starP⋆ in (4.24) is diag(u⋆)Kdiag(v⋆)\mathrm{diag}(u^\star)K\mathrm{diag}(v^\star)diag(u⋆)Kdiag(v⋆), the solution of the regularized problem (4.2) by Proposition 4.3.

Deviations from the print, all disclosed in the items: the O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) of (4.22) is replaced by the proof's explicit constants; the limit (u(ℓ),v(ℓ))→(u⋆,v⋆)(u^{(\ell)}, v^{(\ell)}) \to (u^\star, v^\star)(u(ℓ),v(ℓ))→(u⋆,v⋆) is stated as dH→0d_{\mathcal H} \to 0dH​→0, since scalings are determined only up to (ru,v/r)(ru, v/r)(ru,v/r); the second inequality of (4.23) is false as printed (its right side is 000 for ℓ≥1\ell \ge 1ℓ≥1) and is stated with the half-step coupling the mirrored proof gives.

A definition of dHd_{\mathcal H}dH​ without the logarithm, or as a maximum of single-entry ratios, would make the statements different theorems; the definition here is the book's, and (4.21) is a milestone checking it against the variation seminorm. A run predicate not tied to KKK, aaa, bbb, or an unsatisfiable one, is ruled out: the predicate is the recursion itself and is inhabited for every KKK, aaa, bbb.

Contributions welcome: the metric properties of dHd_{\mathcal H}dH​ (reusable for Perron–Frobenius and nonlinear consensus), a proof of the Birkhoff–Hopf theorem, and positivity lemmas for Sinkhorn iterates.

Selected references

  • G. Peyré, M. Cuturi, Computational Optimal Transport, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 11(5–6):355–607, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1561/2200000073 (§4.2, pp. 431–443)
  • J. Franklin, J. Lorenz, On the scaling of multidimensional matrices, Linear Algebra and its Applications 114/115:717–735, 1989. https://doi.org/10.1016/0024-3795(89)90490-4
  • G. Birkhoff, Extensions of Jentzsch's theorem, Transactions of the AMS 85(1):219–227, 1957. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9947-1957-0087058-6
  • H. Samelson, On the Perron–Frobenius theorem, Michigan Mathematical Journal 4(1):57–59, 1957. https://doi.org/10.1307/mmj/1028990177
  • R. Sinkhorn, A relationship between arbitrary positive matrices and doubly stochastic matrices, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 35(2):876–879, 1964. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177703591
  • N. Linial, A. Samorodnitsky, A. Wigderson, A deterministic strongly polynomial algorithm for matrix scaling and approximate permanents, STOC 1998. https://doi.org/10.1145/276698.276880
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

The Direct Extension of ADMM for Multi-block Convex Minimization Problems is Not Necessarily Convergent III: With a Strongly Convex Objective and β = 1 the Extended ADMM Can Still DivergeResearch Paper

Motivation

The alternating direction method of multipliers (ADMM) is a standard method for convex problems whose objective splits into two blocks coupled by a linear constraint (Gabay & Mercier 1976; Boyd et al. 2011). Many models in imaging, statistics and sparse or low-rank recovery have three or more blocks, and the scheme practitioners reach for first is the direct extension of ADMM: minimize the augmented Lagrangian over each block in turn, then update the multiplier. For years it was unknown whether this scheme converges in general.

Chen, He, Ye and Yuan (Math. Program., 2016) settled the question negatively: on a three-variable linear system with zero objective, the direct extension diverges for every penalty parameter (their Theorem 3.1). Their Section 4.1 then asks whether strong convexity of the objective rescues convergence. Han and Yuan (J. Optim. Theory Appl., 2012) had proved convergence for strongly convex objectives under a restriction on the penalty parameter determined by the strong convexity moduli. Theorem 4.1 shows that this restriction cannot simply be removed. This mission formalizes Theorem 4.1 and the three facts on p. 14 that support it.

Timeline:

  • 1975–1976: Glowinski–Marrocco and Gabay–Mercier introduce two-block ADMM and prove its convergence.
  • 2012: Han and Yuan prove convergence of the multi-block direct extension when every θi\theta_iθi​ is strongly convex and β\betaβ is small enough.
  • 2014 (authors' version), published 2016: Chen, He, Ye and Yuan give the first divergent example (Theorem 3.1) and its strongly convex variant (Theorem 4.1).

Setting

The three-block problem (1.1) is

min⁡ θ1(x1)+θ2(x2)+θ3(x3)s.t.A1x1+A2x2+A3x3=b,xi∈Xi,\min\ \theta_1(x_1)+\theta_2(x_2)+\theta_3(x_3)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad A_1x_1+A_2x_2+A_3x_3=b,\quad x_i\in\mathcal X_i,min θ1​(x1​)+θ2​(x2​)+θ3​(x3​)s.t.A1​x1​+A2​x2​+A3​x3​=b,xi​∈Xi​,

with Ai∈Rp×niA_i\in\mathbb R^{p\times n_i}Ai​∈Rp×ni​, b∈Rpb\in\mathbb R^pb∈Rp, closed convex sets Xi⊆Rni\mathcal X_i\subseteq\mathbb R^{n_i}Xi​⊆Rni​ and convex functions θi:Rni→R\theta_i:\mathbb R^{n_i}\to\mathbb Rθi​:Rni​→R; the solution set is assumed nonempty.

For a penalty parameter β>0\beta>0β>0 and a multiplier λ∈Rp\lambda\in\mathbb R^pλ∈Rp, the augmented Lagrangian (1.6) is

LA(x1,x2,x3,λ)=∑i=13θi(xi)−λT(A1x1+A2x2+A3x3−b)+β2∥A1x1+A2x2+A3x3−b∥2.\mathcal L_{\mathcal A}(x_1,x_2,x_3,\lambda)=\sum_{i=1}^3\theta_i(x_i)-\lambda^T(A_1x_1+A_2x_2+A_3x_3-b)+\frac\beta2\|A_1x_1+A_2x_2+A_3x_3-b\|^2 .LA​(x1​,x2​,x3​,λ)=i=1∑3​θi​(xi​)−λT(A1​x1​+A2​x2​+A3​x3​−b)+2β​∥A1​x1​+A2​x2​+A3​x3​−b∥2.

The direct extension of ADMM (1.5) starts from (x20,x30,λ0)(x_2^0,x_3^0,\lambda^0)(x20​,x30​,λ0) and, for k≥0k\ge0k≥0, sets x1k+1x_1^{k+1}x1k+1​, x2k+1x_2^{k+1}x2k+1​, x3k+1x_3^{k+1}x3k+1​ to minimizers of LA\mathcal L_{\mathcal A}LA​ over X1,X2,X3\mathcal X_1,\mathcal X_2,\mathcal X_3X1​,X2​,X3​ in that order, each with the newest values of the other blocks, and then sets λk+1=λk−β(A1x1k+1+A2x2k+1+A3x3k+1−b)\lambda^{k+1}=\lambda^k-\beta(A_1x_1^{k+1}+A_2x_2^{k+1}+A_3x_3^{k+1}-b)λk+1=λk−β(A1​x1k+1​+A2​x2k+1​+A3​x3k+1​−b).

A function fff is mmm-strongly convex if f−m2∥⋅∥2f-\frac m2\|\cdot\|^2f−2m​∥⋅∥2 is convex.

The instance (4.1) is

min⁡ 0.05x12+0.05x22+0.05x32s.t.(111112122)(x1x2x3)=0,\min\ 0.05x_1^2+0.05x_2^2+0.05x_3^2\quad\text{s.t.}\quad\begin{pmatrix}1&1&1\\1&1&2\\1&2&2\end{pmatrix}\begin{pmatrix}x_1\\x_2\\x_3\end{pmatrix}=0,min 0.05x12​+0.05x22​+0.05x32​s.t.​111​112​122​​​x1​x2​x3​​​=0,

with scalar xix_ixi​, Xi=R\mathcal X_i=\mathbb RXi​=R and b=0b=0b=0. Its unique solution is x=0x=0x=0. For β=1\beta=1β=1 the state after an iteration is z=(x2,x3,λ1,λ2,λ3)∈R5z=(x_2,x_3,\lambda_1,\lambda_2,\lambda_3)\in\mathbb R^5z=(x2​,x3​,λ1​,λ2​,λ3​)∈R5, and M41M_{41}M41​ denotes the 5×55\times55×5 iteration matrix that maps zkz^kzk to zk+1z^{k+1}zk+1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1

For the model (1.1) with strongly convex objective, (1.5) is not necessarily convergent for all β>0\beta>0β>0. Formally, (4.1) satisfies the standing assumptions, each θi\theta_iθi​ is 110\tfrac1{10}101​-strongly convex, and at β=1\beta=1β=1 there is a starting point (x20,x30,λ0)(x_2^0,x_3^0,\lambda^0)(x20​,x30​,λ0) from which a run of (1.5) exists and

no run (x1k,x2k,x3k,λk)k≥0 of (1.5) from it converges.\text{no run }(x_1^k,x_2^k,x_3^k,\lambda^k)_{k\ge0}\text{ of (1.5) from it converges.}no run (x1k​,x2k​,x3k​,λk)k≥0​ of (1.5) from it converges.

The goal fixes the witness instance and β=1\beta=1β=1, because those are what the paper computes. It does not fix the starting point.

Milestones

  1. Fixed matrix mapping. Every run of (1.5) on (4.1) with β=1\beta=1β=1 satisfies zk+1=M41zkz^{k+1}=M_{41}z^kzk+1=M41​zk for all kkk, with the explicit rational matrix M41M_{41}M41​.
  2. Spectral radius. ρ(M41)\rho(M_{41})ρ(M41​), the largest modulus of a complex eigenvalue, lies in [1.00865,1.00875)[1.00865,1.00875)[1.00865,1.00875), i.e. equals 1.00871.00871.0087 to the four decimals of the page.
  3. Diverging powers. Some real z∈R5z\in\mathbb R^5z∈R5 has ∥M41kz∥→∞\|M_{41}^kz\|\to\infty∥M41k​z∥→∞.

Significance

Theorem 4.1 says that strong convexity of each θi\theta_iθi​, on its own, does not make the three-block direct extension of ADMM converge. Convergence results for strongly convex models therefore have to restrict β\betaβ, as Han and Yuan do, or modify the scheme. Examples of modified schemes are a shrunken multiplier step (discussed in §4.2 of the paper) and Gaussian back substitution (He, Tao & Yuan 2012). The example is also a concrete test case: any proposed sufficient condition for convergence has to exclude (4.1) at β=1\beta=1β=1.

The theorem is proved in the paper, but only in outline: the iteration matrix is not printed, the spectral radius is reported as the outcome of "a simple calculation", and the construction of a divergent starting point is "omitted for succinctness". A formalization makes each step explicit and machine-checked. That means the exact iteration matrix, a certified enclosure of its spectral radius, and a real starting point whose iterates are unbounded. As far as is known, none of these results has been machine-checked.

Difficulty

There are three separate difficulties.

  • Reduction to a matrix. The method is defined by three minimizations, not by a formula, so the matrix recursion has to be derived from those minimizations.
  • Certifying the spectral radius. The spectral radius is a property of a degree-5 characteristic polynomial with large rational coefficients. Its dominant roots are a non-real conjugate pair of modulus about 1.008741.008741.00874, so the margin above 111 is under one percent, and the rounding interval requested is narrow.
  • From eigenvalue to divergence. A spectral radius above 111 does not by itself give a divergent real trajectory. The dominant eigenvectors are complex, and the starting vector must be real yet have a nonzero component along the expanding pair.

A natural first idea is to argue that strong convexity of the objective forces the iterates toward the unique solution. This fails because the multiplier and the coupling between blocks are not controlled by the objective's curvature once β\betaβ is large relative to the moduli.

Formalization scope

Vectors in Rn\mathbb R^nRn are Fin n → ℝ and matrices are Matrix (Fin p) (Fin n) ℝ. The Euclidean square norm in (1.6) is written r⋅rr\cdot rr⋅r (⬝ᵥ), never Mathlib's sup norm. Norms appear otherwise only in "∥⋅∥→∞\|\cdot\|\to\infty∥⋅∥→∞", where every norm on R5\mathbb R^5R5 gives the same meaning. Blocks are separate fields, and multiplier components are 0-based. A run is a predicate on sequences: "xk+1=Argmin⁡x^{k+1}=\operatorname{Argmin}xk+1=Argmin" means "xk+1x^{k+1}xk+1 is a minimizer", and x10x_1^0x10​ is never read. "Converges" means convergence of (x1k,x2k,x3k,λk)(x_1^k,x_2^k,x_3^k,\lambda^k)(x1k​,x2k​,x3k​,λk) in the product topology.

Strong convexity is Mathlib's StrongConvexOn Set.univ (1/10). The paper's "closed convex" θi\theta_iθi​ are real-valued on all of Rni\mathbb R^{n_i}Rni​, hence continuous, so only convexity is stated.

The quantifier "for all β>0\beta>0β>0" is read as "not for every β>0\beta>0β>0", witnessed at β=1\beta=1β=1. The stronger reading, divergence for every β\betaβ, is false for (4.1), where the spectral radius is below 111 for small β\betaβ.

Trivializations ruled out. The goal asserts the existence of a run, so non-convergence cannot hold vacuously. Runs are characterized by minimizer conditions rather than an argmin choice function with junk values. Spectral statements are over C\mathbb CC rather than over real eigenvalues only; the only real eigenvalue of M41M_{41}M41​ is 000.

What a complete development needs: first-order optimality for strictly convex scalar quadratics; existence and uniqueness of the subproblem minimizers; a certified root enclosure for a quartic with rational coefficients (via Rouché-type bounds, interval arithmetic or an explicit factorization over R\mathbb RR); and the passage from a dominant complex eigenpair to a real unbounded orbit. The last two are reusable for any linear-iteration divergence argument, including Theorem 3.1 of the same paper. Contributions of any of these lemmas, as separate theorems, are welcome.

Selected references

  • C. Chen, B. He, Y. Ye, X. Yuan, The direct extension of ADMM for multi-block convex minimization problems is not necessarily convergent, Math. Program. 155 (2016) 57–79. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-014-0826-5
  • D. Han, X. Yuan, A note on the alternating direction method of multipliers, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 155 (2012) 227–238. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10957-012-0003-z
  • D. Gabay, B. Mercier, A dual algorithm for the solution of nonlinear variational problems via finite element approximation, Comput. Math. Appl. 2 (1976) 17–40. https://doi.org/10.1016/0898-1221(76)90003-1
  • S. Boyd, N. Parikh, E. Chu, B. Peleato, J. Eckstein, Distributed optimization and statistical learning via the alternating direction method of multipliers, Found. Trends Mach. Learn. 3 (2011) 1–122. https://doi.org/10.1561/2200000016
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Responsible Sourcing in Supply Chains: When Each of the Four Sourcing Strategies Is OptimalResearch Paper

Motivation

A buyer can reduce production cost by using a supplier whose operations carry a risk of a responsibility violation. That choice can also bring a direct penalty and cause customers to leave. Guo, Lee, and Swinney study how the cost saving, consumer demand, and violation risk jointly determine the buyer’s sourcing decision in a transparent supply chain. Their model distinguishes customers who value responsible production from those who do not, making it possible to ask when the buyer uses a responsible supplier, a risky supplier, or both. The question concerns supplier selection when the buyer knows each supplier’s responsibility type and customers can react to a violation. Guo, Lee, and Swinney (2016) give the model and its four strategy regions.

Setting

A single buyer sells to a market whose total size is normalized to one. A responsible supplier has marginal cost cRc_RcR​ and no responsibility violation in the model. A risky supplier has lower marginal cost cNR<cRc_{NR}<c_RcNR​<cR​ and a violation occurs with probability ϕ∈[0,1]\phi\in[0,1]ϕ∈[0,1]. Write Δ=cR−cNR\Delta=c_R-c_{NR}Δ=cR​−cNR​ for the responsible supplier’s cost premium. A violation costs the buyer a fixed amount cVPc_{VP}cVP​.

Every consumer has baseline willingness to pay vvv. A fraction θ∈[0,1]\theta\in[0,1]θ∈[0,1] is socially conscious and has additional willingness to pay rrr for a responsibly sourced product. Upon a violation, a fraction α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1] of this group exits the market. The remaining fraction 1−θ1-\theta1−θ has no responsible-sourcing premium and does not exit for that reason. These symbols and ranges follow the paper’s Section 3; the theorem adds no sign restriction to vvv, rrr, or cVPc_{VP}cVP​.

The buyer chooses among four sourcing strategies. Low-cost sourcing (LC) uses the risky supplier for the whole market. Dual sourcing (DS) serves socially conscious consumers with responsible units and other consumers with risky units. Responsible niche sourcing (RN) serves only socially conscious consumers with responsible units. Responsible mass market sourcing (RM) serves everyone with responsible units. With Πs\Pi^sΠs denoting strategy sss’s expected profit, Table 2 gives

ΠLC=(1−αϕ)θ(v−cNR)+(1−θ)(v−cNR)−ϕcVP,ΠDS=(1−αϕ)θ(v+r−cR)+(1−θ)(v−cNR)−ϕcVP,ΠRN=θ(v+r−cR),ΠRM=v−cR.\begin{aligned} \Pi^{LC}&=(1-\alpha\phi)\theta(v-c_{NR})+(1-\theta)(v-c_{NR})-\phi c_{VP},\\ \Pi^{DS}&=(1-\alpha\phi)\theta(v+r-c_R)+(1-\theta)(v-c_{NR})-\phi c_{VP},\\ \Pi^{RN}&=\theta(v+r-c_R),\\ \Pi^{RM}&=v-c_R. \end{aligned}ΠLCΠDSΠRNΠRM​=(1−αϕ)θ(v−cNR​)+(1−θ)(v−cNR​)−ϕcVP​,=(1−αϕ)θ(v+r−cR​)+(1−θ)(v−cNR​)−ϕcVP​,=θ(v+r−cR​),=v−cR​.​

A strategy is optimal when its profit is at least the profit of each of the four strategies. This definition allows ties. In the statements below, [x]+=max⁡(x,0)[x]^+=\max(x,0)[x]+=max(x,0), as defined immediately before Proposition 1. Section 4 and Table 2 are the sources for these formulas.

Formalization targets

Proposition 1: sufficient conditions for each strategy

The goal is all four clauses of Proposition 1, p. 2729, as printed. For LC, the sufficient conditions are

r<Δ,ϕ[αθ(v−cNR)+cVP]<Δ−[θr−(1−θ)(v−cR)]+.r<\Delta,\qquad \phi[\alpha\theta(v-c_{NR})+c_{VP}]<\Delta-[\theta r-(1-\theta)(v-c_R)]^+.r<Δ,ϕ[αθ(v−cNR​)+cVP​]<Δ−[θr−(1−θ)(v−cR​)]+.

For DS, they are

r>Δ,ϕ[αθ(v+r−cNR)+cVP]<Δ(1−θ)+θr−[θr−(1−θ)(v−cR)]+.r>\Delta,\qquad \phi[\alpha\theta(v+r-c_{NR})+c_{VP}]<\Delta(1-\theta)+\theta r-[\theta r-(1-\theta)(v-c_R)]^+.r>Δ,ϕ[αθ(v+r−cNR​)+cVP​]<Δ(1−θ)+θr−[θr−(1−θ)(v−cR​)]+.

For RN, the threshold is r>(v−cR)(1−θ)/θr>(v-c_R)(1-\theta)/\thetar>(v−cR​)(1−θ)/θ; for RM it is r<(v−cR)(1−θ)/θr<(v-c_R)(1-\theta)/\thetar<(v−cR​)(1−θ)/θ. Each of these last two clauses also requires that neither LC nor DS be optimal. They are stated for θ>0\theta>0θ>0, since their displayed quotient is undefined at zero. The six milestones record the pairwise strategy comparisons stated in the appendix proof, in its order: LC with DS, RM, and RN; RN with RM; and DS with RN and RM. Proposition 1 and its appendix proof supply these targets.

Significance

The proposition partitions the buyer’s decision into explicit sufficient regions. It identifies when the low cost of risky sourcing outweighs expected violation costs, when serving both segments separately pays, and when responsible sourcing should serve only the conscious segment or the full market. The four profits also provide the base for the paper’s later comparative statics on sourcing quantities, penalties, and transparency. Those later propositions are outside this mission; their exact treatment of strategy ties and sourcing quantities warrants a separate development. Guo, Lee, and Swinney (2016) establish these results in the published article.

The mathematical result is proved in that article. The formalization task is to give its parameter ranges, four profits, and optimality claims a machine-checkable statement, then prove the pairwise comparisons and the four-clause goal. The draft statements compile locally, but their proofs are open. The resulting model and comparisons can support later formalizations of the article’s other propositions.

Difficulty

The four choices must be compared under a single, consistent profit table. A comparison with one competitor does not establish optimality among all four, and the positive-part term in Proposition 1 compresses two distinct comparisons into one threshold. Boundary cases also matter: a strict “preferred to” comparison can disappear when its profit difference is zero, even though weak optimality remains meaningful. The printed sufficient condition in part (ii) uses cNRc_{NR}cNR​ inside the violation term, while the appendix’s DS comparisons use cRc_RcR​. Both statements must retain their respective printed forms; treating them as the same expression would change the source claim.

Formalization scope

Lean represents the eight parameters by real fields of one record and the four strategies by a finite inductive type. The range assumptions are 0≤θ,α,ϕ≤10\leq\theta,\alpha,\phi\leq10≤θ,α,ϕ≤1 and cNR<cRc_{NR}<c_RcNR​<cR​. The cost premium is defined from the two costs. The theorem compares exactly the four Table 2 profits; the Section 3–4 derivation of prices and quantities from the underlying selling game is outside this mission. An optimal strategy is weakly best against all four strategies, including itself. A model with fewer competitors or profits that differ from Table 2 would not capture the proposition.

The clauses containing division by θ\thetaθ require θ>0\theta>0θ>0. The appendix’s strict LC–DS equivalence additionally requires θ>0\theta>0θ>0 and αϕ<1\alpha\phi<1αϕ<1; otherwise equal profits can defeat its “if and only if” wording. Proposition 1 itself retains the full standing ranges. No positivity of vvv, rrr, or cVPc_{VP}cVP​ is assumed. Part (ii) retains the printed cNRc_{NR}cNR​, which makes its hypothesis stronger than the corresponding appendix conditions with cRc_RcR​. Its conclusion remains valid under the standing ranges. These conventions are visible in the statements and can be checked independently of the paper’s informal derivation.

The development needs only real arithmetic, finite case analysis, the four profit definitions, and the maximum of a real number with zero. The parameter record and strategy comparison interface are reusable for later propositions in the same paper. Contributions that prove the exact milestone statements, establish the goal, or clarify behavior at ties are within scope.

Selected references

  • Guo, R., H. L. Lee, and R. Swinney, Responsible Sourcing in Supply Chains, Management Science 62(9):2722–2744, 2016. DOI: 10.1287/mnsc.2015.2256.
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Error Bounds, Quadratic Growth, and Linear Convergence of Proximal Methods I: For the Proximal Gradient Method, the Error Bound Condition Is Equivalent to Quadratic GrowthResearch Paper

Motivation

A large share of the optimization problems solved in statistics, signal processing and machine learning have the composite form

min⁡x φ(x):=f(x)+g(x),\min_x\ \varphi(x) := f(x) + g(x),xmin​ φ(x):=f(x)+g(x),

where fff is smooth and ggg is convex but possibly nonsmooth or extended-valued (a norm penalty, the indicator of a constraint set). The workhorse algorithm for such problems is the proximal gradient method, which takes a gradient step on fff followed by a proximal step on ggg. Its worst-case rate on convex problems is sublinear, yet in practice it often converges linearly. The classical explanation, going back to Luo and Tseng (1993) Ann. Oper. Res. 46, is an error bound condition: near the solution set, the distance to the minimizers is controlled by the length of the algorithm's own step. Under such a condition the method converges linearly.

The difficulty is that the error bound is stated in terms of the algorithm, not the problem. Drusvyatskiy and Lewis (arXiv:1602.06661, Math. Oper. Res. 43(3), 2018) showed that, for convex problems, it is equivalent to a purely geometric property of φ\varphiφ: quadratic growth away from the set of minimizers. This mission formalizes that equivalence (§3 of the paper) together with the three comparison results that build it.

Setting

Write Rn\mathbb R^nRn for Euclidean space with norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥, R‾=R∪{±∞}\overline{\mathbb R} = \mathbb R\cup\{\pm\infty\}R=R∪{±∞}, and dist⁡(x;Q)=inf⁡z∈Q∥z−x∥\operatorname{dist}(x;Q) = \inf_{z\in Q}\|z-x\|dist(x;Q)=infz∈Q​∥z−x∥. A function g:Rn→R‾g:\mathbb R^n\to\overline{\mathbb R}g:Rn→R is closed if it is lower semicontinuous. For real rrr, the sublevel set is [φ≤r]={x:φ(x)≤r}[\varphi\le r] = \{x:\varphi(x)\le r\}[φ≤r]={x:φ(x)≤r}.

The problem is (3.1): ggg is a closed convex function, and f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R is convex, C1C^1C1-smooth, with β\betaβ-Lipschitz gradient, ∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤β∥x−y∥\|\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(y)\|\le\beta\|x-y\|∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤β∥x−y∥. Let SSS be the (nonempty) set of minimizers of φ=f+g\varphi = f+gφ=f+g and φ∗\varphi^*φ∗ its minimal value. For t>0t>0t>0 the proximal map is

prox⁡tg(z)=argmin⁡y{g(y)+12t∥y−z∥2},\operatorname{prox}_{tg}(z) = \operatorname*{argmin}_y\Big\{g(y)+\tfrac1{2t}\|y-z\|^2\Big\},proxtg​(z)=yargmin​{g(y)+2t1​∥y−z∥2},

the proximal gradient method iterates xk+1=prox⁡tg(xk−t∇f(xk))x_{k+1} = \operatorname{prox}_{tg}(x_k - t\nabla f(x_k))xk+1​=proxtg​(xk​−t∇f(xk​)), and the prox-gradient mapping is

Gt(x)=t−1(x−prox⁡tg(x−t∇f(x))),\mathcal G_t(x) = t^{-1}\big(x - \operatorname{prox}_{tg}(x - t\nabla f(x))\big),Gt​(x)=t−1(x−proxtg​(x−t∇f(x))),

so that xk+1=xk−t Gt(xk)x_{k+1} = x_k - t\,\mathcal G_t(x_k)xk+1​=xk​−tGt​(xk​) and Gt(x)=0\mathcal G_t(x) = 0Gt​(x)=0 exactly at minimizers.

For ν>0\nu>0ν>0, φ\varphiφ has quadratic growth with constant α>0\alpha>0α>0 if φ(x)≥φ∗+α2dist⁡2(x;S)\varphi(x)\ge\varphi^*+\frac\alpha2\operatorname{dist}^2(x;S)φ(x)≥φ∗+2α​dist2(x;S) on [φ≤φ∗+ν][\varphi\le\varphi^*+\nu][φ≤φ∗+ν] (3.12), and the error bound condition with parameters (γ,ν)(\gamma,\nu)(γ,ν) holds if dist⁡(x;S)≤γ∥Gt(x)∥\operatorname{dist}(x;S)\le\gamma\|\mathcal G_t(x)\|dist(x;S)≤γ∥Gt​(x)∥ on the same sublevel set (Definition 3.1, (3.13)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 3.6 (p. 9)

(3.12) with α ⟹ (3.13) with γ=(2α−1+t)(1+βt),(3.13) with γ ⟹ (3.12) for every α∈(0,γ−1),\text{(3.12) with }\alpha\ \Longrightarrow\ \text{(3.13) with }\gamma = (2\alpha^{-1}+t)(1+\beta t),\qquad \text{(3.13) with }\gamma\ \Longrightarrow\ \text{(3.12) for every }\alpha\in(0,\gamma^{-1}),(3.12) with α ⟹ (3.13) with γ=(2α−1+t)(1+βt),(3.13) with γ ⟹ (3.12) for every α∈(0,γ−1),

for every step size t>0t>0t>0 and every ν>0\nu>0ν>0.

Milestones

For a closed convex hhh with minimizers S≠∅S\neq\emptysetS=∅ and minimal value h∗h^*h∗:

  • Theorem 3.3 (pp. 6–7): quadratic growth on [h≤h∗+ν][h\le h^*+\nu][h≤h∗+ν] with constant α\alphaα implies dist⁡(x;S)≤Ldist⁡(0;∂h(x))\operatorname{dist}(x;S)\le L\operatorname{dist}(0;\partial h(x))dist(x;S)≤Ldist(0;∂h(x)) there with L=2α−1L = 2\alpha^{-1}L=2α−1; conversely the latter implies quadratic growth with any α∈(0,1/L]\alpha\in(0,1/L]α∈(0,1/L].
  • Theorem 3.4 (p. 7): the subdifferential bound with LLL implies dist⁡(x;S)≤L^ t−1∥x−prox⁡th(x)∥\operatorname{dist}(x;S)\le\widehat L\,t^{-1}\|x-\operatorname{prox}_{th}(x)\|dist(x;S)≤Lt−1∥x−proxth​(x)∥ with L^=L+t\widehat L = L+tL=L+t; conversely the latter implies the former with L=L^L = \widehat LL=L.
  • Theorem 3.5 (p. 8): for maximal monotone G,ΦG,\PhiG,Φ with Φ=F+G\Phi = F + GΦ=F+G and FFF single-valued, the forward-backward step satisfies ∥Gt(x)∥≤dist⁡(0;Φ(x))\|\mathcal G_t(x)\|\le\operatorname{dist}(0;\Phi(x))∥Gt​(x)∥≤dist(0;Φ(x)) (3.10), and if FFF is β\betaβ-Lipschitz,
(1−βt)∥Gt(x)∥ ≤ ∥t−1(x−prox⁡tΦ(x))∥ ≤ (1+βt)∥Gt(x)∥.(3.11)(1-\beta t)\|\mathcal G_t(x)\|\ \le\ \|t^{-1}(x-\operatorname{prox}_{t\Phi}(x))\|\ \le\ (1+\beta t)\|\mathcal G_t(x)\|.\qquad(3.11)(1−βt)∥Gt​(x)∥ ≤ ∥t−1(x−proxtΦ​(x))∥ ≤ (1+βt)∥Gt​(x)∥.(3.11)
  • Theorem 3.2, second claim (p. 5, at t=β−1t=\beta^{-1}t=β−1): under the error bound, the iterates converge R-linearly to any limit point x∗x^*x∗, ∥xr+k−x∗∥2≤(1−12βγ)kC(φ(xr)−φ∗)\|x_{r+k}-x^*\|^2\le(1-\frac1{2\beta\gamma})^kC(\varphi(x_r)-\varphi^*)∥xr+k​−x∗∥2≤(1−2βγ1​)kC(φ(xr​)−φ∗).

Significance

The result. Corollary 3.6 converts a condition on an algorithm into a condition on the objective. Quadratic growth can be checked by hand in many models (strongly convex losses, polyhedral problems, problems with a sharp minimum), and once it holds, Theorem 3.2 gives linear convergence of the proximal gradient method with an iteration count of order βαln⁡1ϵ\frac\beta\alpha\ln\frac1\epsilonαβ​lnϵ1​, matching the rate familiar from strongly convex problems. The rest of the paper uses this equivalence as its main tool: §4 proves quadratic growth for structured problems f(Ax)+g(x)f(Ax)+g(x)f(Ax)+g(x) under dual strict complementarity, and §§5–8 extend the comparison to prox-linear methods for nonconvex compositions. Theorems 3.3 and 3.4 are statements about a single closed convex function and are of independent use in the analysis of proximal point methods.

Formalizing it. All results here are proved on paper; none of them is machine-checked. The mission produces a Lean statement of the equivalence with the paper's explicit constants, and of the step-length comparison between the forward-backward and the proximal point methods for maximal monotone operators. Formal proofs require the existence, uniqueness and nonexpansiveness of resolvents and proximal maps, the subdifferential sum rule for a smooth plus a convex function, and a quadratic growth argument for convex functions; these are reusable well beyond this paper.

Difficulty

The forward direction is a chain of three inequalities, but each link compares objects that live in different worlds: the subdifferential of φ\varphiφ, the proximal map of φ\varphiφ, and the proximal map of ggg evaluated at a gradient-shifted point. The proximal gradient step is not the proximal point step on φ\varphiφ, and the obvious attempt to compare Gt(x)\mathcal G_t(x)Gt​(x) with ∂φ(x)\partial\varphi(x)∂φ(x) directly gives only one inequality (3.10); the reverse comparison (3.11) needs the resolvent of the sum ∇f+∂g\nabla f + \partial g∇f+∂g and the Lipschitz constant of ∇f\nabla f∇f. The converse half of Theorem 3.3 (error bound implies growth) is the deepest step: the paper omits its proof and cites Drusvyatskiy–Ioffe and Drusvyatskiy–Mordukhovich–Nghia. It has to pass from a pointwise bound on subgradients to a bound on function values over the whole sublevel set, which no single subgradient inequality provides.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); R‾\overline{\mathbb R}R-valued functions are EReal-valued; fff is real-valued and φ=f+g\varphi = f + gφ=f+g is computed in EReal. "Closed convex" is the published RockafellarMaxMono.Shared.ProperConvex (never −∞-\infty−∞, somewhere finite, convex) together with LowerSemicontinuous.
  • SSS is the set of minimizers, assumed nonempty as in the paper; φ∗\varphi^*φ∗ is a real number equal to φ\varphiφ on SSS; dist⁡\operatorname{dist}dist is Metric.infDist; ν>0\nu>0ν>0 is real.
  • Proximal maps and resolvents are predicates, never chosen functions: p=prox⁡tg(z)p=\operatorname{prox}_{tg}(z)p=proxtg​(z) is the published GoldenRatioVI.Shared.IsProxPoint (fun y => t * g y) z p (same argmin for t>0t>0t>0), and resolvents are maps satisfying the published ThreeOpSplitting.Convergence.IsResolvent. Conditions are stated for every such point; existence and uniqueness are facts a solver proves.
  • dist⁡(0;∂h(x))\operatorname{dist}(0;\partial h(x))dist(0;∂h(x)) follows the convention dist⁡(0;∅)=+∞\operatorname{dist}(0;\emptyset) = +\inftydist(0;∅)=+∞: an inequality "a≤Ldist⁡(0;∂h(x))a\le L\operatorname{dist}(0;\partial h(x))a≤Ldist(0;∂h(x))" is stated as "a≤L∥v∥a\le L\|v\|a≤L∥v∥ for every v∈∂h(x)v\in\partial h(x)v∈∂h(x)". Using Metric.infDist 0 (∂h x), which is 000 on the empty set, would turn (3.7) into the false claim that every point of the sublevel set where ∂h\partial h∂h is empty is a minimizer; this trivializing or falsifying encoding is ruled out.
  • The subdifferential is the published ProxAlg.FixedPoint.subdifferential, the gradient is Mathlib's gradient.
  • Theorem 3.2 is stated at t=β−1t = \beta^{-1}t=β−1 with β>0\beta>0β>0: the printed range t≤β−1t\le\beta^{-1}t≤β−1 relies on the descent inequality (3.2), which fails for smaller ttt. Its first claim (an iteration count) and Corollary 3.7 are not stated.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones in any order, general lemmas on resolvents of maximal monotone operators and on proximal maps of EReal-valued convex functions, and a proof of the converse half of Theorem 3.3.

Selected references

  • D. Drusvyatskiy, A. S. Lewis, Error bounds, quadratic growth, and linear convergence of proximal methods, Math. Oper. Res. 43(3), 2018. arXiv:1602.06661v2 — https://arxiv.org/abs/1602.06661
  • Z.-Q. Luo, P. Tseng, Error bounds and convergence analysis of feasible descent methods: a general approach, Ann. Oper. Res. 46/47:157–178, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02096261
  • D. Drusvyatskiy, A. D. Ioffe, Quadratic growth and critical point stability of semi-algebraic functions, Math. Program. 153(2):635–653, 2015 (reference [15] of the paper).
  • D. Drusvyatskiy, B. S. Mordukhovich, T. T. A. Nghia, Second-order growth, tilt stability, and metric regularity of the subdifferential, J. Convex Anal. 21(4):1165–1192, 2014 (reference [19] of the paper).
  • R. T. Rockafellar, R. J.-B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Springer, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02431-3
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationDynamical Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Fast Convergence of Inertial Dynamics and Algorithms with Asymptotic Vanishing Viscosity 2: For Strongly Convex Φ and α > 3, Φ(x(t)) − min Φ, ‖x(t) − x*‖² and ‖ẋ(t)‖² Are O(t^(−2α/3))Research Paper

Motivation

Nesterov's accelerated gradient method minimizes a smooth convex function at the rate O(k−2)\mathcal O(k^{-2})O(k−2) in the number of iterations kkk, against O(k−1)\mathcal O(k^{-1})O(k−1) for plain gradient descent. Su, Boyd and Candès (arXiv:1503.01243) observed that, as the step size tends to zero, Nesterov's scheme becomes the second-order differential equation

x¨(t)+αtx˙(t)+∇Φ(x(t))=0(1)\ddot x(t)+\frac{\alpha}{t}\dot x(t)+\nabla\Phi(x(t))=0\tag{1}x¨(t)+tα​x˙(t)+∇Φ(x(t))=0(1)

with α=3\alpha=3α=3, a heavy-ball system whose friction coefficient α/t\alpha/tα/t vanishes as t→+∞t\to+\inftyt→+∞ (asymptotic vanishing damping). Studying (1) in continuous time gives Lyapunov arguments that are then discretized into new algorithms.

Attouch, Chbani, Peypouquet and Redont (Math. Program. 168 (2018), DOI 10.1007/s10107-016-0992-8) analyse (1) for general α\alphaα. This mission formalizes their result for strongly convex Φ\PhiΦ, where the rate of convergence of (1) depends on α\alphaα and improves without bound as α\alphaα grows.

Timeline.

  • 2014–2016: Su, Boyd and Candès prove Φ(x(t))−min⁡Φ=O(t−2)\Phi(x(t))-\min\Phi=\mathcal O(t^{-2})Φ(x(t))−minΦ=O(t−2) for convex Φ\PhiΦ and α≥3\alpha\ge3α≥3, and O(t−3)\mathcal O(t^{-3})O(t−3) for strongly convex Φ\PhiΦ when α>9/2\alpha>9/2α>9/2 ([44, Theorem 4.2] in the paper).
  • 2015 (this paper): every trajectory converges weakly to a minimizer when α>3\alpha>3α>3; for strongly convex Φ\PhiΦ and every α>3\alpha>3α>3, the values, the squared distance to the minimizer and the squared velocity are O(t−2α/3)\mathcal O(t^{-2\alpha/3})O(t−2α/3).

Setting

Let H\mathcal HH be a real Hilbert space with inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ and norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥, and let Φ:H→R\Phi:\mathcal H\to\mathbb RΦ:H→R be continuously differentiable with gradient ∇Φ\nabla\Phi∇Φ. Fix α>0\alpha>0α>0 and t0>0t_0>0t0​>0. A solution of (1) is a twice differentiable trajectory x:[t0,+∞[→Hx:[t_0,+\infty[\to\mathcal Hx:[t0​,+∞[→H with velocity x˙\dot xx˙ satisfying (1) at every t≥t0t\ge t_0t≥t0​.

Φ\PhiΦ is strongly convex with constant μ>0\mu>0μ>0 if

Φ(y)≥Φ(x)+⟨∇Φ(x),y−x⟩+μ2∥x−y∥2for all x,y∈H.\Phi(y)\ge\Phi(x)+\langle\nabla\Phi(x),y-x\rangle+\frac\mu2\|x-y\|^2\qquad\text{for all }x,y\in\mathcal H.Φ(y)≥Φ(x)+⟨∇Φ(x),y−x⟩+2μ​∥x−y∥2for all x,y∈H.

Such a Φ\PhiΦ has exactly one minimizer x∗x^*x∗, and min⁡Φ=Φ(x∗)\min\Phi=\Phi(x^*)minΦ=Φ(x∗).

For λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0, p≥0p\ge0p≥0 the anchored energy is

Eλp(t)=tp(t2(Φ(x(t))−min⁡Φ)+12∥λ(x(t)−x∗)+tx˙(t)∥2),\mathcal E^p_\lambda(t)=t^p\Big(t^2\big(\Phi(x(t))-\min\Phi\big)+\tfrac12\|\lambda(x(t)-x^*)+t\dot x(t)\|^2\Big),Eλp​(t)=tp(t2(Φ(x(t))−minΦ)+21​∥λ(x(t)−x∗)+tx˙(t)∥2),

a sum of nonnegative terms. The proof of the main theorem fixes

p=23(α−3),λ=23α,t1=max⁡{t0,pλ/μ}.p=\tfrac23(\alpha-3),\qquad\lambda=\tfrac23\alpha,\qquad t_1=\max\Big\{t_0,\sqrt{p\lambda/\mu}\Big\}.p=32​(α−3),λ=32​α,t1​=max{t0​,pλ/μ​}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.4 (p. 11)

For strongly convex Φ\PhiΦ and α>3\alpha>3α>3, every solution xxx of (1) converges strongly to the unique minimizer x∗x^*x∗, and

Φ(x(t))−min⁡Φ=O(t−23α),∥x(t)−x∗∥2=O(t−23α),∥x˙(t)∥2=O(t−23α)(25)\Phi(x(t))-\min\Phi=\mathcal O\big(t^{-\frac23\alpha}\big),\qquad\|x(t)-x^*\|^2=\mathcal O\big(t^{-\frac23\alpha}\big),\qquad\|\dot x(t)\|^2=\mathcal O\big(t^{-\frac23\alpha}\big)\tag{25}Φ(x(t))−minΦ=O(t−32​α),∥x(t)−x∗∥2=O(t−32​α),∥x˙(t)∥2=O(t−32​α)(25)

as t→+∞t\to+\inftyt→+∞. The goal states the asymptotic form; the explicit constants are milestones.

Milestones (explicit forms, valid for t≥t1t\ge t_1t≥t1​)

  1. The derivative identity (10) for Eλp\mathcal E^p_\lambdaEλp​ along solutions of (1), for any λ,p≥0\lambda,p\ge0λ,p≥0.
  2. Its strongly convex upper bound (first display of the proof of Theorem 3.4).
  3. (26): Eλp(t)≤Eλp(t1)+λp4tp∥x(t)−x∗∥2≤Eλp(t1)+λp2μtp(Φ(x(t))−min⁡Φ)\mathcal E^p_\lambda(t)\le\mathcal E^p_\lambda(t_1)+\frac{\lambda p}{4}t^p\|x(t)-x^*\|^2\le\mathcal E^p_\lambda(t_1)+\frac{\lambda p}{2\mu}t^p(\Phi(x(t))-\min\Phi)Eλp​(t)≤Eλp​(t1​)+4λp​tp∥x(t)−x∗∥2≤Eλp​(t1​)+2μλp​tp(Φ(x(t))−minΦ).
  4. (27): Φ(x(t))−min⁡Φ≤2Eλp(t1) t−23α\Phi(x(t))-\min\Phi\le2\mathcal E^p_\lambda(t_1)\,t^{-\frac23\alpha}Φ(x(t))−minΦ≤2Eλp​(t1​)t−32​α.
  5. (28): ∥x(t)−x∗∥2≤2μ(Φ(x(t))−min⁡Φ)≤4μEλp(t1) t−23α\|x(t)-x^*\|^2\le\frac2\mu(\Phi(x(t))-\min\Phi)\le\frac4\mu\mathcal E^p_\lambda(t_1)\,t^{-\frac23\alpha}∥x(t)−x∗∥2≤μ2​(Φ(x(t))−minΦ)≤μ4​Eλp​(t1​)t−32​α.
  6. Last display of the proof: ∥x˙(t)∥2≤4(1+α/(α−3))2Eλp(t1) t−23α\|\dot x(t)\|^2\le4\big(1+\sqrt{\alpha/(\alpha-3)}\big)^2\mathcal E^p_\lambda(t_1)\,t^{-\frac23\alpha}∥x˙(t)∥2≤4(1+α/(α−3)​)2Eλp​(t1​)t−32​α.

Significance

The theorem shows that the rate of (1) on strongly convex functions is not capped at O(t−2)\mathcal O(t^{-2})O(t−2) or O(t−3)\mathcal O(t^{-3})O(t−3): the exponent 2α/32\alpha/32α/3 grows linearly in α\alphaα, and it already exceeds 222 for every α>3\alpha>3α>3. It extends [44, Theorem 4.2], which needs α>9/2\alpha>9/2α>9/2 and gives O(t−3)\mathcal O(t^{-3})O(t−3). The same parametrized energy Eλp\mathcal E^p_\lambdaEλp​ is the template for the discrete analyses of Nesterov-type algorithms with parameter α\alphaα, so its derivative identity (10) is reusable beyond this mission.

The result is proved on paper. To the best of current knowledge none of it is formalized: Mathlib has no theory of inertial dynamics, and the platform's strongly convex rates concern discrete methods. A completed mission gives a machine-checked Lyapunov analysis of a non-autonomous second-order ODE in a Hilbert space, with the explicit constants of the paper.

Difficulty

The derivative identity (10) is a computation, but it must be carried out with one-sided derivatives at t0t_0t0​, real powers tpt^ptp, and the chain rule for Φ∘x\Phi\circ xΦ∘x in an infinite-dimensional space. The obvious argument, that Eλp\mathcal E^p_\lambdaEλp​ is nonincreasing, fails: even with the best choice of ppp and λ\lambdaλ the bound on its derivative keeps a term λp2tp⟨x−x∗,x˙⟩\frac{\lambda p}{2}t^p\langle x-x^*,\dot x\rangle2λp​tp⟨x−x∗,x˙⟩ of no fixed sign, and only for t≥t1t\ge t_1t≥t1​ is the quadratic term in ∥x−x∗∥2\|x-x^*\|^2∥x−x∗∥2 nonpositive. Passing from the differential inequality to (26) therefore needs integration on [t1,t][t_1,t][t1​,t] for functions known only through one-sided derivatives. The velocity bound then combines (26), (27) and (28) through square roots, and the goal additionally requires the existence of the minimizer in an infinite-dimensional space, which is a compactness argument (weak lower semicontinuity) and not an algebraic one.

Formalization scope

  • H\mathcal HH is any real Hilbert space (InnerProductSpace ℝ H, CompleteSpace H), not Rn\mathbb R^nRn. Φ\PhiΦ is ContDiff ℝ 1 and ∇Φ\nabla\Phi∇Φ is Mathlib's gradient.
  • A solution is a pair (x,v)(x,v)(x,v) with t0>0t_0>0t0​>0, where xxx has derivative v(t)v(t)v(t) and vvv has derivative −αtv(t)−∇Φ(x(t))-\frac\alpha t v(t)-\nabla\Phi(x(t))−tα​v(t)−∇Φ(x(t)) within [t0,+∞[[t_0,+\infty[[t0​,+∞[ at every t≥t0t\ge t_0t≥t0​; x˙\dot xx˙ is vvv.
  • Strong convexity is the gradient inequality printed on p. 10, with μ>0\mu>0μ>0; min⁡Φ\min\PhiminΦ is written Φ(x∗)\Phi(x^*)Φ(x∗) with x∗x^*x∗ a minimizer.
  • tpt^ptp is the real power, only evaluated at t≥t0>0t\ge t_0>0t≥t0​>0; ppp, λ\lambdaλ, t1t_1t1​ are named definitions shared by the milestones.
  • O\mathcal OO in (25) is Asymptotics.IsBigO along atTop; strong convergence is norm convergence. The existence and uniqueness of x∗x^*x∗ are conclusions of the goal, not hypotheses, so the goal cannot be satisfied vacuously by an empty argmin; the strong-convexity hypothesis is satisfiable (e.g. Φ=∥⋅∥2\Phi=\|\cdot\|^2Φ=∥⋅∥2 with μ=2\mu=2μ=2, and x≡0x\equiv0x≡0 solves (1)).
  • Theorem numbers and pages are those of the Optimization Online preprint 5179 (October 2015), not of the journal typesetting.

Useful infrastructure: the derivative of Φ∘x\Phi\circ xΦ∘x via gradient, integration of differential inequalities on [t0,+∞[[t_0,+\infty[[t0​,+∞[, and existence of minimizers of strongly convex continuous functions on Hilbert spaces. Proofs of any milestone, and of the goal from the milestones, are welcome.

Selected references

  • H. Attouch, Z. Chbani, J. Peypouquet, P. Redont, Fast convergence of inertial dynamics and algorithms with asymptotic vanishing damping, Optimization Online preprint 5179, 2015. https://optimization-online.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/5179.pdf
  • H. Attouch, Z. Chbani, J. Peypouquet, P. Redont, Fast convergence of inertial dynamics and algorithms with asymptotic vanishing viscosity, Math. Program. 168 (2018), 123–175. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-016-0992-8
  • W. Su, S. Boyd, E. J. Candès, A differential equation for modeling Nesterov's accelerated gradient method: theory and insights, J. Mach. Learn. Res. 17 (2016). https://arxiv.org/abs/1503.01243
  • Y. Nesterov, A method of solving a convex programming problem with convergence rate O(1/k²), Soviet Math. Dokl. 27 (1983), 372–376.
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimal TransportProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On a Problem of Optimal Transport Under Marginal Martingale Constraints 1: An Optimal Martingale Transport Plan Is Concentrated on a Borel Set No Finite Rerouting ImprovesResearch Paper

Motivation

In classical optimal transport, a transport plan that minimizes the total cost is characterized through its support: an optimal plan is ccc-cyclically monotone, meaning that no finite collection of its transported particles can be re-paired more cheaply (Villani, Optimal Transport, Old and New, 2009, Ch. 4–5). This pointwise criterion is how most structural results in optimal transport are proved: it is what turns a global minimization over measures into a statement about finitely many points.

The martingale transport problem adds a constraint motivated by mathematical finance: the plan must be the law of a one-step martingale (X,Y)(X, Y)(X,Y) with given marginals X∼μX\sim\muX∼μ, Y∼νY\sim\nuY∼ν. Its value gives model-independent bounds on the price of an exotic option whose payoff is the cost function, given the prices of all vanilla options at two dates (Beiglböck, Henry-Labordère, Penkner, Model-independent bounds for option prices, Finance Stoch. 2013). Because the martingale constraint ties together all points with the same first coordinate, the classical re-pairing argument does not carry over: swapping two destinations generally destroys the martingale property.

M. Beiglböck and N. Juillet (On a problem of optimal transport under marginal martingale constraints, Ann. Probab. 44(1), 2016; arXiv:1208.1509v2) prove a martingale replacement for ccc-cyclical monotonicity, the variational lemma (Lemma 1.11). It is the tool from which they derive the left-monotone structure of optimal plans, the uniqueness of the left-curtain coupling as optimizer for costs h(y−x)h(y-x)h(y−x) with h′h'h′ strictly convex, and the support bounds for optimizers. This mission is the first of a series formalizing that paper.

Setting

All measures live on R\mathbb RR or R×R\mathbb R\times\mathbb RR×R with their Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebras. Two probability measures μ,ν\mu,\nuμ,ν on R\mathbb RR with finite first moment are in convex order, μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν, if ∫φ dμ≤∫φ dν\int\varphi\,d\mu\le\int\varphi\,d\nu∫φdμ≤∫φdν for every convex φ:R→R\varphi:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rφ:R→R.

A transport plan is a measure π\piπ on R2\mathbb R^2R2 with first marginal μ\muμ and second marginal ν\nuν. It is a martingale transport plan, π∈ΠM(μ,ν)\pi\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)π∈ΠM​(μ,ν), if under π\piπ the conditional mean of yyy given xxx equals xxx; equivalently,

∫ρ(x) (y−x) dπ(x,y)=0for every bounded Borel ρ.\int\rho(x)\,(y-x)\,d\pi(x,y)=0\quad\text{for every bounded Borel }\rho .∫ρ(x)(y−x)dπ(x,y)=0for every bounded Borel ρ.

A cost is a Borel function c:R2→Rc:\mathbb R^2\to\mathbb Rc:R2→R satisfying the sufficient integrability condition c(x,y)≥a(x)+b(y)c(x,y)\ge a(x)+b(y)c(x,y)≥a(x)+b(y) with a∈L1(μ)a\in L^1(\mu)a∈L1(μ), b∈L1(ν)b\in L^1(\nu)b∈L1(ν); then the cost of a plan, ∫c dπ\int c\,d\pi∫cdπ, is well defined in (−∞,+∞](-\infty,+\infty](−∞,+∞]. A plan π∈ΠM(μ,ν)\pi\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)π∈ΠM​(μ,ν) is optimal if ∫c dπ≤∫c dπ′\int c\,d\pi\le\int c\,d\pi'∫cdπ≤∫cdπ′ for every π′∈ΠM(μ,ν)\pi'\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)π′∈ΠM​(μ,ν), and it leads to finite costs if ∫c dπ<+∞\int c\,d\pi<+\infty∫cdπ<+∞.

A measure α′\alpha'α′ on R2\mathbb R^2R2 is a competitor of α\alphaα (Definition 1.10) if it has the same two marginals as α\alphaα and the same conditional barycentres: ∫y dαx(y)=∫y dαx′(y)\int y\,d\alpha_x(y)=\int y\,d\alpha'_x(y)∫ydαx​(y)=∫ydαx′​(y) for almost every xxx, where (αx)(\alpha_x)(αx​), (αx′)(\alpha'_x)(αx′​) are disintegrations with respect to the first marginal. A competitor redistributes the mass of α\alphaα in a way that a martingale plan could absorb: replacing a piece α\alphaα of a martingale plan by α′\alpha'α′ keeps both marginals and the martingale property.

Formalization targets

Goal: the variational lemma (Lemma 1.11, p. 8)

Let μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν be probability measures, ccc a Borel cost satisfying the sufficient integrability condition, and π∈ΠM(μ,ν)\pi\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)π∈ΠM​(μ,ν) optimal with ∫c dπ<+∞\int c\,d\pi<+\infty∫cdπ<+∞. Then there is a Borel set Γ⊆R2\Gamma\subseteq\mathbb R^2Γ⊆R2 with π(Γ)=1\pi(\Gamma)=1π(Γ)=1 such that

∫c dα≤∫c dα′for every finitely supported α with spt⁡α⊆Γ and every competitor α′ of α.\int c\,d\alpha\le\int c\,d\alpha'\quad\text{for every finitely supported }\alpha\text{ with }\operatorname{spt}\alpha\subseteq\Gamma\text{ and every competitor }\alpha'\text{ of }\alpha .∫cdα≤∫cdα′for every finitely supported α with sptα⊆Γ and every competitor α′ of α.

The set Γ\GammaΓ is chosen once, before α\alphaα; the quantifier order is the content.

Milestones

The milestones are the steps of the paper's proof (§3, pp. 16–19), in attack order:

  1. Theorem 3.1 (p. 17), Kellerer's duality in the form of Beiglböck–Goldstern–Maresch–Schachermayer: for a Polish probability space (Z,ζ)(Z,\zeta)(Z,ζ) and a Borel M⊆ZnM\subseteq Z^nM⊆Zn, either M⊆⋃iMiM\subseteq\bigcup_i M_iM⊆⋃i​Mi​ with ζ(proj⁡iMi)=0\zeta(\operatorname{proj}^iM_i)=0ζ(projiMi​)=0, or some measure γ\gammaγ with γ(M)>0\gamma(M)>0γ(M)>0 has all marginals ≤ζ\le\zeta≤ζ.
  2. The set M⊆(R2)nM\subseteq(\mathbb R^2)^nM⊆(R2)n of nnn-tuples carrying a non-optimal finite measure is Borel (p. 17).
  3. In case (1), a Borel Γn\Gamma_nΓn​ of full π\piπ-measure supports no improvable α\alphaα with ∣spt⁡α∣≤n|\operatorname{spt}\alpha|\le n∣sptα∣≤n (p. 18).
  4. Every finitely supported α\alphaα has a cost-minimizing competitor (p. 18).
  5. If ω≤π\omega\le\piω≤π and a competitor ω′\omega'ω′ is cheaper than ω\omegaω, then π−ω+ω′\pi-\omega+\omega'π−ω+ω′ is a cheaper martingale plan (p. 18).
  6. For an optimal π\piπ of finite cost, case (2) cannot occur (pp. 18–19).
  7. Γ=⋂nΓn\Gamma=\bigcap_n\Gamma_nΓ=⋂n​Γn​ is as required (p. 17).

Significance

The result. The variational lemma converts optimality of a martingale plan, a property of a measure, into a condition on finite configurations of points in its support. In the paper it is applied, together with a lemma on accumulation points of sections (Lemma 3.2), to show that optimizers for costs h(y−x)h(y-x)h(y−x) with h′h'h′ strictly convex are left-monotone, which by the paper's Theorem 1.5 identifies them as the left-curtain coupling; it also yields the bound ∣spt⁡πx∣≤k|\operatorname{spt}\pi_x|\le k∣sptπx​∣≤k of Theorem 7.1 and the two-graph structure of the optimizers for ±∣y−x∣\pm|y-x|±∣y−x∣. Later missions of this series use it as a milestone. Its converse, under continuity assumptions, is the separate Lemma A.2 of the paper's appendix.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. A formalization needs a usable form of Kellerer's duality for multi-marginal problems, which is not in Mathlib, and the bookkeeping that finite rearrangements of a martingale plan stay in ΠM(μ,ν)\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)ΠM​(μ,ν). Both are reusable well beyond this paper: Kellerer's theorem underlies the analogous results for classical, multi-marginal and martingale transport.

Difficulty

The classical proof of ccc-cyclical monotonicity perturbs an optimal plan by moving a small amount of mass around a finite cycle of its support points. For martingale plans this fails: the perturbation must preserve the conditional barycentre of every xxx, and mass sitting at isolated points of a non-atomic plan cannot be moved without moving mass at uncountably many other points. The proof therefore cannot argue point by point. It works with whole families of bad configurations at once, which requires the measure-theoretic duality of Kellerer (resting on Choquet's capacitability theorem) and a measurable choice of an optimal competitor for each configuration. Proving that the set of bad configurations is Borel, and that a positive-mass family of them can be glued into a cheaper competitor ω′\omega'ω′ of a piece ω≤π\omega\le\piω≤π, is the technical core.

Formalization scope

The Lean development uses Mathlib's Measure ℝ and Measure (ℝ × ℝ). Costs and integrals that may be infinite take values in EReal, through the published definition ModelRiskOT.Duality.extIntegral (∫f+−∫f−\int f^+-\int f^-∫f+−∫f−, with (+∞)−(+∞)=−∞(+\infty)-(+\infty)=-\infty(+∞)−(+∞)=−∞); no Bochner integral of a possibly non-integrable function is compared. Martingale plans and competitors are encoded through test functions ρ(x)\rho(x)ρ(x) (the paper's characterization (4), p. 10) instead of disintegrations. A finitely supported finite measure is written ∑s∈Swsδs\sum_{s\in S}w_s\delta_s∑s∈S​ws​δs​ with SSS a finite set and weights ws≥0w_s\ge0ws​≥0; this covers every such measure, and masses are taken finite. (R2)n(\mathbb R^2)^n(R2)n is Fin n → ℝ × ℝ.

Committed conventions and disclosed additions:

  • the goal's hypothesis "leads to finite costs" is ∫c dπ<+∞\int c\,d\pi<+\infty∫cdπ<+∞; without it, a cost under which every plan has infinite cost makes optimality empty;
  • Theorem 3.1 is stated for Borel MMM, the case proved in the cited source and the only case the paper uses; ζ(proj⁡iMi)=0\zeta(\operatorname{proj}^iM_i)=0ζ(projiMi​)=0 is the outer measure, since the projections need not be Borel;
  • in milestone 3, Γn\Gamma_nΓn​ is a Borel subset of the paper's R2∖N\mathbb R^2\setminus NR2∖N of full measure, because NNN need not be Borel;
  • milestone 4 states, for the uniform measure αp\alpha_pαp​ on the points of an nnn-tuple ppp, both that an optimal competitor αp′\alpha'_pαp′​ exists and that it can be chosen measurably in ppp (p. 18), with Mathlib's σ-algebra on the space of measures.

A formalization in which Γ\GammaΓ is empty or π\piπ-null, or in which Γ\GammaΓ is allowed to depend on α\alphaα, is trivial and is ruled out by the statement: π(Γc)=0\pi(\Gamma^c)=0π(Γc)=0 and ∃Γ ∀α\exists\Gamma\,\forall\alpha∃Γ∀α. The competitor α′\alpha'α′ ranges over all measures, not only finitely supported ones.

Welcome contributions: a general form of Kellerer's duality theorem (milestone 1), the Borel-measurability of the bad set, and the gluing step of milestone 6.

Selected references

  • M. Beiglböck, N. Juillet, On a problem of optimal transport under marginal martingale constraints, Ann. Probab. 44(1), 42–106, 2016. arXiv:1208.1509, doi:10.1214/14-AOP966
  • M. Beiglböck, M. Goldstern, G. Maresch, W. Schachermayer, Optimal and better transport plans, J. Funct. Anal. 256(6), 1907–1927, 2009. doi:10.1016/j.jfa.2009.01.013
  • H. G. Kellerer, Duality theorems for marginal problems, Z. Wahrsch. Verw. Gebiete 67(4), 399–432, 1984. doi:10.1007/BF00532047
  • M. Beiglböck, P. Henry-Labordère, F. Penkner, Model-independent bounds for option prices — a mass transport approach, Finance Stoch. 17(3), 477–501, 2013. doi:10.1007/s00780-013-0205-8
  • C. Villani, Optimal Transport, Old and New, Springer, 2009. doi:10.1007/978-3-540-71050-9
11 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 21 of 31Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me